2006 spectra owners manual english

273
kia, the company Congratulations! Your selection of a Kia was a wise investment. It will give you years of driving pleasure. Now that you are the owner of a Kia vehicle, you’ll probably be asked a lot of ques- tions about your vehicle and the company like “What is a Kia?”, “Who is Kia?”, “What does ‘Kia’ mean?”. Here are some answers. First, Kia is the oldest car company in Korea. It is a company that has thousands of employees focused on building high-quality vehicles at affordable prices. The first syllable, Ki, in the word “Kia” means “to arise from to the world” or “to come up out of to the world.” The second syl- lable, a, means “Asia.” So, the word Kia, means “to arise from” or “to come up out of Asia to the world.” Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

Upload: lisa-steiner

Post on 28-Apr-2015

38 views

Category:

Documents


4 download

DESCRIPTION

2006 Spectra Owners Manual

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

kia, tthe ccompany

Congratulations! Your selection of a Kia was a wise investment.It will give you years of driving pleasure. Now that you are theowner of a Kia vehicle, you’ll probably be asked a lot of ques-tions about your vehicle and the company like “What is a Kia?”,“Who is Kia?”, “What does ‘Kia’ mean?”.

Here are some answers. First, Kia is the oldest car company inKorea. It is a company that has thousands of employees focusedon building high-quality vehicles at affordable prices.

The first syllable, Ki, in the word “Kia” means “to arise from tothe world” or “to come up out of to the world.” The second syl-lable, a, means “Asia.” So, the word Kia, means “to arise from”or “to come up out of Asia to the world.”

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

LD CAN (ENG) foreword.qxd 7/29/05 10:25 AM Page 1

Page 2: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

i

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.When you require service, remember that your dealerknows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trainedtechnicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kiareplacement parts and is dedicated to your complete sat-isfaction.Because subsequent owners require this important infor-mation as well, this publication should remain with thevehicle if it is sold.This manual will familiarize you with operational, main-tenance and safety information about your new vehicle. Itis supplemented by a Warranty and ConsumerInformation manual that provides important informationon all warranties regarding your vehicle. If your vehicleis equipped with an audio system, you will also have aKia Integrated Audio System manual explaining its oper-ation. We urge you to read these publications carefullyand follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyableand safe operation of your new vehicle.Kia offers a great variety of options, components and fea-tures for its various models.Therefore, the equipment described in this manual, alongwith the various illustrations, may not all be applicable toyour particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this man-ual were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves theright to discontinue or change specifications or design atany time without notice and without incurring any obli-gation. If you have questions, always check with yourKia Dealer.We assure you of our continuing interest in your motor-ing pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2005 Kia Motors Corp.All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, elec-tronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording,or by any information storage and retrieval system ortranslation in whole or part is not permitted without writ-ten authorization from Kia Motors Corporation.Printed in Korea

Foreword

LD CAN (ENG) foreword.qxd 7/29/05 10:25 AM Page 2

Page 3: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Knowing your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

Driving tips

In case of an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications

Index

table of contents

LD CAN (ENG) foreword.qxd 7/29/05 10:25 AM Page 3

Page 4: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

How to use this manual / 1-2

Vehicle break-in process / 1-3

Introduction

LD CAN (ENG) 1.qxd 7/29/05 10:12 AM Page 1

Page 5: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Introduction

21

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual canassist you in many ways. We strong-ly recommend that you read theentire manual. At the very least, youmust read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections spread throughout themanual, which are easily recognizedby their special markings. These sec-tions have precautions that must befollowed to prevent personal injury ordeath.Illustrations complement the wordsin this manual to best explain how toenjoy your vehicle. By reading yourmanual, you learn about features,important safety information, anddriving tips under various road condi-tions.

The general layout of the manual isprovided in the Table of Contents. Agood place to start is the index; it hasan alphabetical listing of all informa-tion in your manual.Sections: This manual has eight sec-tions plus an index. Each sectionbegins with a brief list of contents soyou can tell at a glance if that sectionhas the information you want.

You’ll find various WARNING’s,CAUTION’s, and NOTICE’s in thismanual. These WARNING’s,CAUTION’s and NOTICE’s were pre-pared to enhance your personalsafety and continued satisfactionwith Kia vehicle. You should carefullyread and follow ALL procedures andrecommendations provided in theseWARNING’s, CAUTION’s andNOTICE’s.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the notice is ignored.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situationin which serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warningis ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situationin which personal injury, perhapssevere, could result if the cautionis ignored.

LD CAN (ENG) 1.qxd 7/29/05 10:12 AM Page 2

Page 6: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1 3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCESSNo special break-in period is need-ed. By following a few simple precau-tions for the first 600 miles (1,000km) you may add to the perform-ance, economy and life of your vehi-cle.• Do not race the engine.• Do not maintain a single speed for

long periods of time, either fast orslow. Varying engine speed isneeded to properly break-in theengine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

• Avoid full-throttle starts.

LD CAN (ENG) 1.qxd 7/29/05 10:12 AM Page 3

Page 7: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Exterior overview / 2-2Interior overview / 2-4Instrument panel overview / 2-5

Your vehicle at a glance

LD CAN (ENG) 2.qxd 7/29/05 10:14 AM Page 1

Page 8: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Your vehicle at a glance

22

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Headlights

2. Turn signal light

3. Engine hood

4. Wiper

5. Sunroof (if equipped)

6. Window

7. Outside rearview mirror

8. Door

1LDN0001A

LD CAN (ENG) 2.qxd 7/29/05 10:14 AM Page 2

Page 9: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

2 3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Rear door child safety lock

2. Fuel filler lid

3. Rear window

4. Trunk release lever and key lock

5. Spare tire

6. Outside rearview mirror

7. Tail lights

8. Door handle (driver)

9. Door handle (passenger)

10. Emergency trunk release lever

11. Antenna (if equipped)

1LDN0002A

LD CAN (ENG) 2.qxd 7/29/05 10:14 AM Page 3

Page 10: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Your vehicle at a glance

42

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1LDN0004A/1LDA2018

1. Door lock/unlock button

2. Outside rearview mirror control switch(if equipped)

3. Power window switches (if equipped)

4. Master power door lock control(if equipped)

5. Master power window control lock(if equipped)

6. Vent controls

7. Instrument cluster

8. Inside rearview mirror

9. Steering wheel

10. Steering wheel tilt (if equipped)

11. Instrument panel illumination (if equipped)

12. Trunk release button

13. Hood release lever

14. Brake pedal

15. Accelerator pedal

16. Fuel filler lid release lever

LD CAN (ENG) 2.qxd 7/29/05 10:14 AM Page 4

Page 11: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

2 5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Driver’s Air Bag

2. Light control / Turn signals

3. Instrument cluster

4. Wiper/Washer

5. Ignition switch

6. Traction control system (if equipped)

7. Hazard

8. Climate control system

9. Shift lever

10. Passenger’s airbag

11. Glove box

12. Audio controls (if equipped)

13. Auto cruise controls (if equipped)

1LDC0003A

LD CAN (ENG) 2.qxd 7/29/05 10:14 AM Page 5

Page 12: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Keys / 3-2Remote keyless entry / 3-4Immobilizer system / 3-7Door locks / 3-9

Windows / 3-14Seat / 3-17Safety belts / 3-29Airbag - supplemental restraint system / 3-56Trunk / 3-80Hood / 3-83Fuel filler lid / 3-84Mirrors / 3-87Interior lights / 3-91Storage compartment / 3-93Interior features / 3-96Sunroof / 3-101Luggage net / 3-104Antenna / 3-105

Knowing your vehicle

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:27 AM Page 1

Page 13: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

23

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

The key code number is stamped onthe plate attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this num-ber will enable an authorized KiaDealer to duplicate the keys easily.Remove the plate and store it in asafe place. Also, record the codenumber and keep it in a safe andhandy place, but not in the vehicle.

Key operations➀ Master key

Used to start the engine, lock andunlock the doors, lock and unlockthe glove box (if equipped), andopen the trunk (if equipped).

➁ TransmitterUsed to lock and unlock the doorsand trunk (if equipped).

KEYS

1LDA2001A 1LDA2001

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended ina vehicle with the ignition key isdangerous even if the key is notin the ignition. Children copyadults and they could place thekey in the ignition. The ignitionkey would enable children tooperate power windows or othercontrols, or even make the vehi-cle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or evendeath. Never leave the keys inyour vehicle with unsupervisedchildren.

➀ ➁

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:27 AM Page 2

Page 14: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

CAUTIONUse only Kia original parts forthe ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not returnto ON after START. If this hap-pens, the starter will continue tooperate causing damage to thestarter motor and possible firedue to excessive current in thewiring.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:27 AM Page 3

Page 15: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

43

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 ➀ Lock button➁ Unlock button➂ Trunk lid open button➃ Panic button

➀ Lock ( )All doors are locked and the haz-ard lamp flash once if the lock but-ton is pressed.

➁ Unlock ( )The driver’s door is unlocked andthe hazard lamp will flash twice ifthe unlock button is pressed once.All doors are unlocked if theunlock button is pressed twicewithin 3 seconds.After depressing this button, thedoors will be locked automaticallyunless you open the doors within30 seconds.

➂ Trunk lid open ( , if equipped)The trunk lid opens if this button ispressed.

➃ Panic ( , if equipped)The horn sounds and hazardlamp will flash for about 27 sec-onds if this button is pressed.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

1LDA2002

• Type A

1LDA2001-1

➁ ➃

• Type B

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 4

Page 16: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if anyof following occur:- The ignition key is in ignition

switch.- You exceed the operating distance

limit (10 m).- The battery in the transmitter is

weak.- Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.- The weather is extremely cold.- The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio stationor an airport which can interferewith normal operation of thetransmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the ignition key. If you have aproblem with the transmitter, con-tact an authorized Kia Dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er vehicle warranty.

Operational distance may varydepending upon the area the trans-mitter is used in. For example, if thevehicle is parked near police sta-tions, government and public offices,broadcasting stations, military instal-lations, airports, or transmitting tow-ers, etc.

This device complies withIndustry Canada Standard RSS-210. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause inter-

ference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-

ference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation ofthe device.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user's authorityto operate the equipment.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 5

Page 17: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

63

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat-tery which will normally last for sever-al years.When replacement is neces-sary, use the following procedure.

1. Insert a slim tool into the slot andgently pry open the transmittercenter cover (➀).

2. Replace the battery with new one.When replacing the battery, makesure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up (type A) or facesdown (type B) as indicated in theillustration.

3. Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

✽✽ NOTICEThe keyless entry system transmit-ter is designed to give you years oftroublefree use, however it can mal-function if exposed to moisture orstatic electricity. If you are unsurehow to use your transmitter orreplace the battery, contact anauthorized Kia dealer.

For replacement transmitters, see anAuthorized Kia Dealer for reprogram-ming.

1LDA2003

E2BLA352

CAUTION• Using the wrong battery can

cause the transmitter to mal-function. Be sure to use thecorrect battery.

• To avoid damaging the trans-mitter, don't drop it, get it wet,or expose it to heat or sun-light.

• Type A

• Type B

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 6

Page 18: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Your vehicle is equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer systemto reduce the risk of unauthorizedvehicle use.Your immobilizer system is com-prised of a small transponder in theignition key, and antenna coil in thekey cylinder and BCM (Body ControlModule) in the instrument panel.With this system, whenever youinsert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, theantenna coil in the ignition switchreceives a signal from the transpon-der in the ignition key and then sendsthe signal to the BCM (Body controlModule).The BCM checks the signal anddetermines whether the ignition keyis valid.If the key is determined to be valid,the engine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid,the engine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the keycylinder and turn it to the ON posi-tion.

To activate the immobilizer sys-tem:Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi-tion. The immobilizer system acti-vates automatically. Without a validignition key for your vehicle, theengine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not usethe key with other immobilizer keysaround. Otherwise the engine maynot start or may stop soon after itstarts. Keep each key separately notto have any malfunction after youreceive your new vehicle.

This device complies withIndustry Canada Standard RSS-210. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause inter-

ference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-

ference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation ofthe device.

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user's authorityto operate the equipment.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 7

Page 19: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

83

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Limp home (override) proce-dureWhen you turn the ignition key to theON position, if the IMMO indicatorremains on continuously after blink-ing 6 times, your transponderequipped in the ignition key is out oforder. You cannot start the enginewithout the lime home procedure. Tostart the engine, you have to inputyour password by using the ignitionswitch.

The following procedure is how toinput your password of “2345” as anexample.1. Turn the ignition key to the ON posi-

tion. The IMMO indicator ( ) willblink 6 times and remain on indicat-ing the beginning of the limp homeprocedure.

2. Turn the ignition key to the ACCposition.

3. To enter the first digit (in thisexample “2”), turn the ignition keyto the ON and ACC position twice.Perform the same procedure forthe next digits between 3 secondsand 10 seconds (for example, for“3”, turn the ignition ON and ACC3 times).

4. If all of the digits have been inputsuccessfully, you have to start theengine within 10 seconds. If youattempt to start the engine after 10seconds, the engine will not startand you will have to input yourpassword again.

After performing the limp home pro-cedure, you have to see an author-ized Kia dealer immediately toinspect and repair your ignition keyor immobilizer system.

CAUTION The transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It isdesigned to give years of trou-ble free service, however youshould avoid exposure to mois-ture, static electricity and roughhandling. Immobilizer systemmalfunction could occur.

CAUTION If you cannot start your enginein spite of limp home procedure,have your vehicle towed by anauthorized Kia dealer forinspection and necessaryrepairs.

CAUTION Do not change, alter or adjustthe immobilizer system becauseit could cause the immobilizersystem to malfunction andshould only be serviced by anauthorized Kia dealer.Malfunctions caused by improp-er alterations, adjustments ormodifications to the immobilizersystem are not covered by yourvehicle manufacturer warranty.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 8

Page 20: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Operating door locks fromoutside the vehicle • Turn the key toward rear of vehicle

to unlock and toward front of vehi-cle to lock.

• Turn the key to the right once tounlock the driver’s door and to theright twice within 3 seconds tounlock all doors. (if equipped)

• Turn the key to the left once tounlock the passenger’s door and tothe left twice within 3 seconds tounlock all doors. (if equipped)

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter key.

• Once the doors are unlocked, itmay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.

• When closing the door, push thedoor by the hand. Make sure thatdoors are closed securely.

To lock a door without the key, pushthe inside door lock button (➀) ordoor lock switch (➁, if equipped) tothe “LOCK” position and close thedoor (➂).

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

1LDA2004

Lock Unlock

1LDA2005

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 9

Page 21: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

103

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

✽✽ NOTICEIf the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operat-ing temporarily in order to protectthe circuit and prevent damage tosystem components.

Operating door locks frominside the vehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, pull the door lock

button out to the “UNLOCK” posi-tion (the red part (➁) of the buttonbecomes visible).

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (➀) to the “LOCK” position(red part (➁) of the knob becomesinvisible).

• To open a door, pull the door han-dle (➂) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the dri-ver’s (front passenger’s, if equipped)side door is pulled when the doorlock button is in the lock position, thebutton is unlocked and the door willopen (if equipped).

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switchand door is open.

• If you lock the front door with doorlock button, all vehicle doors willlock automatically. (if equipped)1LDA2006

Lock Unlock

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 10

Page 22: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 11

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

With central door lock switch (if equipped)It is operated by depressing the doorlock switch. If any door is open whenthe switch is depressed, the door willremain locked when closed.

• When pushing down on the frontportion (➀) of the central door lockswitch, all vehicle doors will lock.

• When pushing down on the rearportion (➁) of the switch, all vehicledoors will unlock.

• However, if the key is in the ignitionswitch and any front door is open,the doors will not lock when thefront portion of central door lockswitch is pressed.

CAUTION • The doors should always be

fully closed and locked whilethe vehicle is in motion to pre-vent accidental opening of thedoor. Locked doors will alsodiscourage potential intruderswhen the vehicle stops orslows.

• Be careful when openingdoors and watch for vehicles,motorcycles, bicycles orpedestrians approaching thevehicle in the path of the door.Opening a door when some-thing is approaching cancause damage or injury.

1LDA2007

1LDN2007

Driver’s door

Passenger’s door (if equipped)

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 11

Page 23: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

123

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Rear door child safety lockThe child safety lock is provided tohelp prevent children from acciden-tally opening the rear doors frominside the vehicle. The rear doorsafety locks should be used whenev-er children are in the vehicle.

1LDA2008

WARNINGLeaving your vehicle unlockedcan invite theft or possible harmto you or others from someonehiding in your vehicle while youare gone. Always remove theignition key, engage the parkingbrake, close all windows andlock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle canbecome extremely hot, causingdeath or severe injury to unat-tended children or animals whocannot escape the vehicle.Furthermore, children mightoperate features of the vehiclethat could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm,possibly from someone gainingentry to the vehicle. Never leavechildren or animals unattendedin your vehicle.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 12

Page 24: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 13

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located

on the rear edge of the door to the“lock” position. When the childsafety lock is in the “lock ( )”position, rear door will not openwhen the inner door handle ispulled inside the vehicle.

3. Close the rear door.4. To open the rear door, pull the out-

side door handle.Even though the doors may beunlocked, the rear door will not openby pulling the inner door handle (➀),until rear door child safety lock isunlocked ( ).

Rear hatch (if equipped)Opening the rear hatch• Rear hatch is locked or unlocked

with a key.• To open the rear hatch, insert the

key into the lock (➀), turn it to theunlock position (➁), and pull up therear hatch by pressing the handle(➂).

• You can also lock/unlock the latch(but not release it) with the centraldoor lock system (if equipped).

• If unlocked, the rear hatch can beopened by pressing the handle (➂)and pulling the hatch up.

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out andbe severely injured or killed. Toprevent children from openingthe rear doors from the inside,the rear door safety locksshould be used whenever chil-dren are in the vehicle. 1LDN3205

Lock Unlock

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 13

Page 25: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

143

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Power windows (if equipped)➀ Driver’s door power window switch➁ Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch➂ Rear door (left) power window

switch➃ Rear door (right) power window

switch➄ Window opening and closing

(see page 3-15)➅ Automatic power window down

(Driver’s window, if equipped)➆ Power window lock switch

(see page 3-15)• Power window timer (if equipped)

The power windows can be operat-ed for approximately 30 secondsafter the ignition key is removed orturn to the ACC or LOCK position.However, if the front doors areopened, the power windows can-not be operated even within the 30seconds after the ignition keyremoval.

WINDOWS

1LDA2010

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 14

Page 26: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 15

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all thewindows in the vehicle. To open orclose a window, press down (➄) orpull up (➄) the front portion of thecorresponding switch.

Automatic power window down (driver’s window, if equipped)Depressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detentposition (➅) completely lowers thedriver’s window even when theswitch is released. To stop the win-dow at the desired position while thewindow is in operation, pull up theswitch momentarily to the oppositedirection of the window movement.If the battery has been dischargedor disconnected, the automaticpower window system must be resetas follows:1. Turn the ignition key to ON posi-

tion.2. Close each window and continue

pulling up on each power windowswitch for at least 0.5 second afterthe window is completely closed.

Power window lock switch• The driver can disable the power

window switches on a passengerdoor by depressing the power win-dow lock switch located on the dri-ver’s door to LOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lockswitch is ON, the driver’s mastercontrol cannot operate the passen-ger door power windows either.

1LDA2012

1LDA2011

1LDA2013

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 15

Page 27: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

163

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Power windows (if equipped)The ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to oper-ate. Each door has a power windowswitch that controls that door’s win-dow. However, the driver has a powerwindow lock switch which can blockthe operation of passenger windows.If you notice buffeting and pulsation(wind shock) with either side windowopen, you should open the oppositewindow slightly to reduce the condi-tion.

✽✽ NOTICETo prevent the power window sys-tem from the possibility of damage,do not open or close two windows atthe same time. This will also ensurethe longevity of the fuse.

Manual windows (if equipped)Use the window crank to open andclose each window.

CAUTION • Make sure heads and hands

are safely out of the waybefore closing a window.

• Do not allow children to playwith the power windows. Keepthe driver’s door power win-dow lock switch in the LOCKposition (depressed). Seriousinjury can result from uninten-tional window operation bythe child.

• Do not extend face or armsoutside through the windowopening while driving.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands and otherobstructions are safely out ofthe way before closing a win-dow.

3FDA2015

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 16

Page 28: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 17

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Driver’s seat➀ Seat adjustment, forward / back-

ward (see page 3- 19)➁ Seatback recliner (see page 3- 20)➂ Seat adjustment, height

(if equipped, see page 3- 19)➃ Seat warmer

(if equipped, see page 3- 21)➄ Headrest adjustment

(see page 3- 22)

Front passenger seat➅ Seat adjustment, forward / back-

ward (see page 3- 23)➆ Seatback recliner (see page 3- 24)➇ Headrest adjustment

(see page 3- 24)

Rear seat➈ Split folding rear seat

(if equipped, see page 3- 25)➉ Headrest adjustment

(if equipped, see page 3- 28)

SEAT

1LDN2026A

• Type A • Type B

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 17

Page 29: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

183

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING• Loose objects in the driver’s

foot area could interfere withthe operation of the foot ped-als, possibly causing an acci-dent. Loose objects mightinterfere with the seat slidemechanism. Do not place any-thing under the front seats.

• Children should never be leftunattended in the car.

WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust seat

while the vehicle is moving.This could result in loss ofcontrol, and an accident caus-ing death, serious injury, orproperty damage.

• Do not allow anything to inter-fere with the normal positionof the seatback. Storing itemsagainst a seatback or in anyother way interfering withproper locking of a seatbackcould result in serious or fatalinjury in a sudden stop or col-lision.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Always drive and ride with

your seatback upright and thelap portion of the safety belt,or lap belt, snug and lowacross the hips. This positionputs your safety belts in thebest position to protect you incase of an accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryairbag injuries including thepossibility of severe injury ordeath, always sit as far backas possible from the steeringwheel so that your chest isaway at least 10 inches (250mm) away from the steeringwheel.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 18

Page 30: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 19

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Driver’s seat adjustmentAdjusting the seat forward andbackwardTo move the seat forward or back-ward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment

lever under the front edge of theseat cushion up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, andmake sure the seat is locked secure-ly by trying to move forward andbackward without using the controlknob. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

Adjusting height of driver seatcushion (if equipped)Pivot the lever upward to raise theseat cushion.Pivot the lever downward to lower theseat cushion.

1LDA2027 1LDA2028

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 19

Page 31: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

203

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Adjusting the driver’s seatbackreclinerTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on

the seatback recline lever locatedon the outside of the seat, at therear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seatand adjust the seatback to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

1LDA2029

WARNINGDriving or riding in a vehiclewith a front seatback reclinedcould lead to serious or fatalinjury in an accident. If a frontseat is reclined during an acci-dent, the occupant’s hips mayslide under the lap portion ofthe safety belt applying greatforce to the unprotectedabdomen or neck. Serious orfatal internal injuries couldresult. Keep the seatbacks in acomfortably upright positionwhenever the vehicle is inmotion.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 20

Page 32: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 21

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Warming the driver’s seat (if equipped)The front seats can be electricallyheated individually when the ignitionswitch is ON. When you depress theseat warmer switch, a thermostatregulates seat temperature. To deac-tivate the heating system, depressthe switch once again.

✽✽ NOTICE• The seat warmer will not operate

if ambient temperature is above37±3 °C (98.5±5.5°F).

• If the seat warmer doesn't workwhen the ambient temperature isbelow 28±3 °C (82.5±5.5°F), havethe system checked by an author-ized dealer.

• When cleaning the seats, do notuse an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

WARNINGPassengers should use extremecaution when using seat warm-ers due to the possibility ofexcess heating or burns. In par-ticular, the following types ofpassengers should exerciseextreme care:1. Infants, children, elderly or

handicapped persons, or hos-pital outpatients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills,cold tablets, etc.)

1LDC2030

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 21

Page 33: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

223

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of head andneck injuries, do not drive thevehicle with the headrestremoved or improperly posi-tioned.Do not adjust the driver’s head-rest while driving.

Headrest adjustmentAdjusting the height up and downThe headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and passengers,but also helps to protect the headand neck in the event of a collision.To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (➀). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (➁) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (➂). For best protection,adjust the headrest so its center is ashigh as your ears. Also adjust theheadrest so its distance from thehead is as wide as your fist.

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it asfar as it can go then press therelease lever (➀) while pullingupward (➁).

1LDA2033 1LDA2034

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 22

Page 34: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 23

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Adjusting the front passengerseatForward/backward positionadjustmentTo move the seat forward or back-ward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment

lever (under the front edge of theseat cushion) up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, andmake sure the seat is locked secure-ly by trying to move forward andbackward without using the controlknob. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

1LDA2035

WARNINGIn order to avoid unnecessaryairbag injuries including thepossibility of severe injury ordeath, always sit as far back aspossible by moving the seat farback, while still maintaininggood vehicle control. Seriousinjury or death may be causeddue to the deployment of thepassenger’s airbag.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 23

Page 35: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

243

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Adjusting the seatback reclinerTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on

the seatback recline lever locatedon the outside of the seat, at therear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seatand adjust the seatback to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

Headrest adjustmentAdjusting the height up and downThe headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and passengers,but also helps to protect the headand neck in the event of a collision.

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (➀). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (➁) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (➂). For best protection,adjust the headrest so its center is ashigh as your ears. Also adjust theheadrest so its distance from thehead is as wide as your fist.

WARNINGRiding in a vehicle with a frontseatback reclined could lead toserious or fatal injury in an acci-dent. If a front seat is reclined,the occupant’s hips may slideunder the lap portion of thesafety belt applying great forceto the unprotected abdomen orneck. Serious or fatal internalinjuries could result. Keep theseatbacks in a comfortablyupright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.

1LDA2036 1LDA2033A

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 24

Page 36: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 25

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it asfar as it can go then press therelease button (➀) while pullingupward (➁).

Rear seat Split folding rear seat (if equipped)The rear seatbacks fold forward toprovide additional cargo space andto provide access to the cargo area.• To fold the rear seatback(s) down,

pull the lock release lever, then foldthe seatback forward and down.

• To raise the seatback, lift and pushit firmly until it clicks into place.

• When you return the seatback toits upright position, reposition therear safety belts so that they canbe used by rear seat passengers.

4 Door (if equipped)1. Pull the lock release lever.2. Move the rear center three-point

seat belts (if equipped) to the out-side (➀) so that they don’t interferewith the seatback when lowering.

3. Fold the seatback forward anddown firmly (➁).

1LDA2034A

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of head andneck injuries, do not drive thevehicle with the headrestremoved or improperly posi-tioned.

1LDN2038

1LDN3025

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 25

Page 37: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

263

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

5 Door (if equipped)1. Lift the front of seat cushion (➀)

up.2. Lift the rear of seat cushion up

(➁).

3. Move the seat cushion firmly untilit clicks (➂).

4. Remove the headrest and put theheadrest poles into the holes onthe rear of the seat cushion (➃).

5. Pull the lock release lever (➄).6. Fold the seatback forward and

down firmly (➅).

1LDA2239/1LDA2239A

1LDA2240

1LDA2243

1LDA2244

1LDA2241

1LDA2242

Type A Type B

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 26

Page 38: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 27

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you fold the rear seatback orput luggage on the rear seat cushion,insert the buckle in the pocketbetween the rear seatback and cush-ion. Doing so can prevent the bucklefrom being damaged by the rearseatback or luggage.

To unfold the rear seat:1. Move the rear center shoulder belt

(➀) to the side so that it is clear ofthe seatback.

2. Lift and push the seatback back-ward firmly until it clicks into place(➁).Move and push the seat cushiondownward firmly to the properposition (5 Door, if equipped).

3. Return the rear safety belt to theproper position.

1LDN3026A1LDN3026B

CAUTION • When returning the rear seat-

backs to the upright position,remember to return the rearshoulder belts to their properposition.

• Do not remove the floor carpetin your vehicle. Emission con-trol system componentscause high exhaust tempera-tures under the floor.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always besecured to prevent it from shift-ing and causing injury to thevehicle occupants.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 27

Page 39: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

283

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Headrest adjustment (if equipped)Adjusting the height up and downThe headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and passengers,but also helps to protect the headand neck in the event of a collision.

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (➀). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (➁) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (➂). For best protection,adjust the headrest so its center is ashigh as your ears. Also adjust theheadrest so its distance from thehead is as wide as your fist.

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it asfar as it can go then press therelease lever (➀) while pullingupward (➁).

1LDA2042

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of head andneck injuries, do not drive thevehicle with the headrestremoved or improperly posi-tioned.

1LDA2043

CAUTION • Make sure the engine is off,

the transaxle is in P and theparking brake is appliedwhenever loading or unload-ing cargo. Vehicle may move ifshift lever is inadvertentlymoved to another position.

• Be careful when loading cargothrough the rear passengerseats to prevent damage tothe vehicle interior.

• When cargo is loaded throughthe rear passenger seats,ensure the cargo is properlysecured to prevent it frommoving while driving.Unsecured cargo in the pas-senger compartment cancause damage to the vehicleor injury to it’s occupants.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 28

Page 40: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 29

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat beltYour vehicle is equipped with driver’sand front passenger’s pre-tensionerseat belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure that theseat belts fit tightly against the occu-pant’s body in certain frontal colli-sions. The pre-tensioner seat beltswill activate together with theairbags, where the frontal collision issevere enough.

The seat belt pre-tensioner systemconsists mainly of the following com-ponents.Their locations are shown inthe illustration.➀ SRS airbag warning light➁ Seatbelt pre-tensioner assembly➂ SRS airbag control module

SAFETY BELTS

2GHB3002

CAUTION The pre-tensioner seat belt isinstalled at the front seats, andthe sensor is equipped insidethe buckle, where presence ofpassenger is sensed by the fas-tening of the seat belts.Therefore, pre-tensioner will notactivate if the passenger is notfastened with the seat belts.Likewise, it will activate if buck-led even without a passenger inthe seat. Pre-tensioner seat beltis designed to activate when theseatbelt is in use. To ensure thepretensioner seatbelts activatein event of a possible seatbeltbuckle switch malfunction, thesystem is designed to activateregardless of whether a seatbelt is in use or if no seat beltuse is detected within 6 sec-onds of turning the ignitionswitch ON.

2GHB3001

➁ ➂

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 29

Page 41: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

303

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit froma pre-tensioner seat belt:• The seat belt must be worn

correctly.• The seat belt must be adjusted

to the correct position.

CAUTIONWhen the pre-tensioner seatbelts are activated, a loud noisemay be heard and fine dust,which may appear to be smoke,may be visible in the passengercompartment and are not toxic.Although, it is harmless, the finedust may cause skin irritationand should not be breathed forprolonged periods. Wash yourhands and face thoroughly afteran accident in which the airbagsand/or pre-tensioner seat beltswere activated.

CAUTION • Because the sensor that acti-

vates the SRS airbag is con-nected with pre-tensioner seatbelt, the SRS airbag warninglight on the instrument panelwill blink or illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds afterthe ignition key has beenturned to the “ON” position,then the light should go off.

• If the pre-tensioner seat belt isnot working properly, thiswarning light will illuminateeven if there is no malfunctionof SRS airbag system. If theSRS airbag warning light doesnot illuminate when the igni-tion key is turned to “ON” , orif it remains illuminated afterblinking or illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or ifit illuminates while the vehicleis being driven, please havean authorized Kia dealerinspect the pre-tensioner seatbelt or SRS airbag system assoon as possible.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 30

Page 42: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 31

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Safety belt restraint system

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed

to operate once. After activa-tion, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seatbelts, of any type, shouldalways be replaced after theyhave been worn during a colli-sion.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must bedone by an authorized Kiadealer.

CAUTION The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seatbelt assembly for several min-utes after they have been acti-vated.

WARNING• Do not strike the pre-tensioner

seat belt assemblies.• Do not attempt to service or

repair the pre-tensioner seatbelt system in any manner.

• Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assem-blies, and failure to heed thewarnings not to strike, modify,inspect, place, service orrepair the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies may lead toimproper operation or inad-vertent activation causingserious injury.Always wear the seat beltswhen driving or riding in amotor vehicle.

WARNING - Safety beltsTo minimize the risk of seriousor fatal injury in an accident, thedriver and all passengersshould use the appropriatesafety restraints for their ageand size. The presence ofairbags does not change theneed to be properly restrainedby a safety belt or size-appropri-ate child restraint. In fact,airbags are designed to workthe best when passengers arecorrectly restrained in the vehi-cle. Be sure you are familiarwith the information in this sec-tion, including the informationon infant and child restraints.Read the safety warnings on thesun visors of your vehicle also.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 31

Page 43: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

323

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

We strongly recommend that thedriver and all passengers be proper-ly restrained at all times by using thesafety belts provided with the vehi-cle. Proper use of the safety beltsdecreases the risk of severe injury ordeath in accidents or sudden stops.In most states, and in Canada, thelaw requires their use.

All seats have lap/shoulder belts.Inertial locks in the safety belt retrac-tors allow all of the lap/shoulder safe-ty belts to remain unlocked duringnormal vehicle operation. This allowsthe occupants some freedom ofmovement and increased comfortwhile using the safety belts. If a forceis applied to the vehicle, such as astrong stop, a sharp turn, or a colli-sion, the safety belt retractors willautomatically lock the safety belts.

Since the inertial locks do not requirea collision in order to lock up, youmay become aware of the safetybelts locking while braking or goingaround sharp corners.Always use the rear seat position(s)to install your child restraint(s).Never install a child restraint systemin the front passenger position, as aninflating airbag could cause seriousor fatal injury to a child in that posi-tion.

The rear safety belts use a specialauto-lock feature designed to allow achild restraint to be used in thesepositions without an added lockingclip. They normally lock only underextreme or emergency conditions(emergency lock mode). Howeverthey can be adjusted so that theyremain in fixed and locked when achild restraint system is placed inthese positions. (Use this auto-lockmode only to secure a child restraint,never for passengers restrained bythe safety belts.) Page 3-49 givesinstructions on placing the safety beltin the auto lock mode.The drivers safety belt can only oper-ate in the emergency lock mode.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 32

Page 44: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 33

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Safety belts provide the best restraintwhen:• The seatback is upright.• The occupant is sitting upright (not

slouched).• The lap belt is snug across the hips.• The shoulder belt is snug across

the chest.• The knees are straight forward.To help you remember to fasten yoursafety belt, a warning light will comeon and a chime will sound. SeeSafety Belt Warning Light and Chimeon page 3-35.

WARNING - After a colli-sion

• Lap/shoulder belt assembliesmay be stretched or damagedwhen subjected to the stressand forces of a collision.

• The entire restraint systemshould be inspected followingany collision. All belts, retrac-tors, anchors and hardwaredamaged by a collision shouldbe replaced before the vehicleis operated again.

WARNING - Cargo area (if equipped)

Passengers should never beallowed to ride in the cargo areaof a vehicle. No safety belts areprovided for the cargo area.Persons riding in the vehiclewithout a fastened safety beltare much more likely to sufferserious bodily injury or deathduring an accident.

WARNING - Twisted beltsA twisted or jammed safety beltcannot restrain you properly. Ifyou cannot untwist or unjam thesafety belt, have an authorizedKia dealer it immediately. Neverdrive or ride with a twisted orjammed safety belt.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 33

Page 45: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

343

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - Safety beltcare

• A damaged belt may not giveyou the protection you need inan accident.

• Inspect your safety belts peri-odically for excessive wear ordamage. Pull out each beltfully and look for fraying, cuts,burns or other damage. Pullthe safety belt out and let itretract a number of times.Make sure that the lap/shoul-der belts return smoothly andeasily into the retractor.

• Check the latches to makesure they latch and releasewithout interference or delay.

• Never close the doors on anypart of the lap or shoulderbelt.

• Any belt not in good conditionor in good working ordershould be promptly replaced.

WARNING - Belt useSafety belts must be used cor-rectly to work properly in anaccident. Each seating positionin your vehicle has a specificsafety belt assembly thatincludes a buckle and tonguedesigned to be used together.For greatest effectiveness, fol-low these guidelines in usingsafety belts:• Use the shoulder portion of

the safety belt on the outsideshoulder only. Never wear theshoulder portion under thearm.

• Never swing the safety beltaround your neck to fit overthe inside shoulder.

• Never wear the shoulder por-tion of the safety belt acrossthe neck or face.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Wear the lap portion as low as

possible. Be sure that the lapbelt fits snugly around thehips. Never wear a lap portionof a lap/shoulder belt overyour waist; it should alwaysgo over the stronger area ofyour hips.

• Never use a single safety beltfor more than one person.

• The front seatbacks shouldalways remain in a comfort-able, upright position whenthe vehicle is moving.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 34

Page 46: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 35

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Safety belt warning light andchimeType AIf the driver's lap/shoulder belt is notfastened when the key is turned ONor if it is unfastened after the key isturned ON, safety belt warning lightblinks until the belt is fastened.If the driver's lap/shoulder belt is notfastened when the key is turned ONor if it is unfastened after the key isturned ON, safety belt warning chimesounds for approximately 6 seconds.

Type BAs a reminder to the driver and pas-senger, safety belt warning light willblink for approximately 6 seconds eachtime you turn the ignition switch ON.If the driver's lap/shoulder belt is notfastened when the key is turned ONor if it is disconnected after the key isturn ON, the safety belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 sec-onds.If the driver's lap/shoulder belt is notfastened when the key is turned ONor if it is disconnected after the key isturned ON, the safety belt warningchime will sound for approximately 6seconds. (if equipped)If the driver’s lap/shoulder belt is notfastened within 30 seconds after theengine is started, the safety beltwarning light and chime will activatefor six seconds. This cycle willrepeat 11 times with an interval of 24seconds between cycles.

1GQA2083

CAUTION Never close the doors on anypart of the lap or shoulder belt.It can damage the safety belt orbuckle which could increase therisk of injury in case of an acci-dent.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 35

Page 47: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

363

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Lap/shoulder beltTo fasten the front lap/shoulderbelt:1. Grasp the buckle and tongue

plate.2. Slowly pull the lap/shoulder belt

out from the retractor.

3. Insert the tongue plate (➀) into theopen end of the buckle (➁) until anaudible “click” is heard, indicatingthe belt is locked in the buckle.

4. Position the lap portion (➀) of thebelt across your lap as LOW ONTHE HIPS as possible to reducethe risk of sliding under it duringan accident. Adjust the belt to aSNUG FIT by pulling up on theshoulder portion (➁) of the safetybelt. The belt retractor is designedto take up excess webbing auto-matically and to maintain tensionon the belt. For your safety, do notput any excess slack into the safe-ty belt at any location.

1GHA2263 1GHA22641GHA2262

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 36

Page 48: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 37

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

5. Adjust the shoulder anchor posi-tion to your size. To raise theanchor position, push the anchorup (➀). To lower the anchor posi-tion, press (➁) the button ( ) andslide the anchor down (➂). Afteradjustment, make sure the anchoris locked in position.

To unfasten the front lap/shoulderbelt:Press the release button on thebuckle and allow the belt to slowlyretract.

1GHA2263A

WARNING• The seatbacks should always

remain in a comfortable,upright position while thevehicle is in motion. The safe-ty belt system will provide themost protection with the seat-backs in an upright position.

• Never wear the shoulder por-tion of the safety belt underthe outside arm or behind theback.

• Never wear the shoulder por-tion of the safety belt acrossthe neck or face.

• Wear the lap portion of thesafety belt as low on the hipsas possible. Be sure the lapbelt fits snugly around thehips. Never wear the lap beltover your waist.

(Continued)

1LDA2044

A

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 37

Page 49: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

383

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Rear lap/shoulder belt To fasten the rear lap/shoulderbelt:1. Grasp the buckle and tongue

plate.2. Slowly pull the lap/shoulder belt

out.3. Insert the tongue plate (➀) into the

open end of the buckle (➁) until anaudible “click’’ is heard, indicatingthe belt is locked in the buckle.

4. Position the lap portion (➀) of thebelt across your lap as LOW ONTHE HIPS as possible to reducethe risk of sliding under it duringan accident. Adjust the belt to aSNUG FIT by pulling up on theshoulder portion (➁) of the safetybelt. The belt retractor is designedto take up excess webbing auto-matically and to maintain tensionon the belt. For your safety do notput any excess slack into the safe-ty belt.

1GHA2263 1GHA2264

(Continued)• Never drive or ride with a

twisted or jammed safety belt.If you cannot untwist or unjamthe safety belt, see the nearestKia dealer immediately.

• Never use a single belt torestrain more than one personat a time.

Failure to follow these warningswill increase the risk and sever-ity of injury in an accident.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 38

Page 50: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 39

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

To unfasten:Press the release button on thebuckle and allow the belt to slowlyretract.

(Continued)• Never drive or ride with a

twisted or jammed safety belt.If you cannot untwist or unjamthe safety belt, see the nearestKia dealer immediately.

• Never use a single belt torestrain more than one personat a time.

Failure to follow these warningswill increase the risk and sever-ity of injury in an accident.

WARNING• Never wear the shoulder por-

tion of the safety belt underthe outside arm or behind theback.

• Never wear the shoulder por-tion of the safety belt acrossthe neck or face.

• Wear the lap portion of thesafety belt as low as possible.Be sure the lap belt fits snug-ly around the hips. Never wearthe lap belt over your waist.

(Continued)

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 39

Page 51: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

403

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

When using the rear center seat belt,the buckle with the “CENTER” markmust be used.

3 Point rear center belt (if equipped)

To fasten the rear center belt1. Slowly pull the tongue plates out

from the retractor.

2. Insert the tongue plate (A) into theopen end of the buckle (C) until anaudible “click" is heard, indicatingthe latch is locked. Make sure thebelt is not twisted.

1LDN2045 1LDC3300

(D)

(A)

(C)

(B)

1LDC3301

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 40

Page 52: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 41

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

3. Pull the tongue plate (B) andinsert the tongue plate into theopen end of the buckle (D) until anaudible “click” is heard, indicatingthe latch is locked. Make sure thebelt is not twisted.

There will be an audible “click” whenthe tab locks in the buckle. The seatbelt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt isadjusted manually so that it fits snug-ly around your hips, if you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the beltwill extend and let you move around.If there is a sudden stop or impact,the belt will lock into position. It willalso lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.(D)

(B)

PRES

S

1LDC3302

WARNINGWhen using the rear seat centerbelt, you must lock all tongueplates and buckles. If anytongue plate or buckle is notlocked, it will increase thechance of injury in the event ofcollision.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 41

Page 53: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

423

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

To unfasten the rear center belt 1. Press the release button on the

buckle (D) and remove the tongueplate (B) from the buckle (D).

2. To retract the rear center seatbelt,insert the key or similar small rigiddevice into the web release button(C) on the anchor connector. Pullup on the seat belt web (A) andallow the webbing to retract auto-matically. (5 Door, if equipped)

Proper use and care of thesafety belt system To ensure that the safety belts pro-vide the maximum protection, pleasefollow these instructions:• Use the belts at all times - even on

short trips.• If the safety belt is twisted, straight-

en it prior to use.• Keep sharp edges and damaging

objects away from the belts.• Periodically inspect belt webbing,

anchors, buckles and all otherparts for signs of wear and dam-age. Replace damaged, excessive-ly worn or questionable partsimmediately.

(D)

(B)

PRES

S

1LDC3303 1LDN3211A

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 42

Page 54: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 43

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

• To clean the belt webbing, use amild soap solution recommendedfor cleaning upholstery or carpets.Follow the instructions providedwith the soap.

• Do not make modifications or addi-tions to the safety belt.

• After wearing a safety belt, makesure it fully retracts to the stowedposition. Do not allow the belt toget caught in the door when youclose it.

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wearlap/shoulder belt assemblies when-ever possible according to specificrecommendations by their doctors.The lap portion of the belt should beworn AS SNUGLY AND LOW ASPOSSIBLE.

Restraint of infants and smallchildren To increase their safety, infants andyoung children should always berestrained by a restraint systemapproved for their age and size.Never allow a child to stand or kneelon the seat of a moving vehicle.Never allow a safety belt to be placedaround both a child and an adult oraround two children at the sametime.It is best for children to be seated inthe rear seats.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must neverplace the lap portion of the safe-ty belt over the area of theabdomen where the fetus islocated or above the abdomenwhere the belt could injure thefetus during an impact.

WARNINGDo not bleach or dye the web-bing because this may weakenthe webbing fibers and allowthem to fail when loaded in acollision.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 43

Page 55: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

443

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Many companies manufacture childrestraint systems (often called childseats) for infants and small children.An acceptable child restraint systemmust always satisfy the SafetyStandards of your country. Makesure that any child-restraint systemyou use in your vehicle is labelled ascomplying with those safety stan-dards.The child-restraint system should bechosen to fit both the size of the childand the size of the vehicle seat. Besure to follow any instructions provid-ed by the child-restraint system man-ufacturer when installing the child-restraint system.

WARNING - Infants andyoung children

• Infants and young children areat much greater risk of seriousinjury or death in an accidentor sudden stop if they are unre-strained or restrained improp-erly. Follow all instructions inthis section of your Kia manualand the instructions that cameon and with an improved childsafety restraint system. Thechild restraint must be correct-ly installed in the vehicle, andthe child must be correctlyinstalled in the child restraint.

• All children under 12 aresafest in the back seat.

• Never install a child or infantseat in the front passengerposition. The baby will beinjured or killed by the airbagif it deploys in an accident.

• Never allow a child to stand orkneel on the seat of a movingvehicle. Insist the child sit downin an approved restraint system.

WARNING - Children onlaps

Never hold a child on your lap orin your arms in a moving vehi-cle.Even a very strong person can-not hold onto a child in theevent of even a minor collision.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 44

Page 56: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 45

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Restraint of larger children As children grow, they may need touse new child-restraint systems,including larger child seats or boost-er seats, which are appropriate fortheir increased size.A child who has outgrown availablechild-restraint systems should usethe belts provided in the vehicle.When seated in the rear outboardseats, the child should be restrainedby the lap/shoulder belt.If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child’s neck or face, tryplacing the child closer to the centerof the vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck they mayneed to be returned to a childrestraint system. In addition, after-market devices are available fromindependent manufacturers whichhelp pull the shoulder belt down andaway from the child’s face or neck.Larger children should use one ofthe seat belts provided.

WARNING - Shoulderbelts on small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt tobe in contact with a child’sneck or face while the vehicleis in motion.

• If safety belts are not properlyworn and adjusted, there is arisk of death or serious injuryto such a child.

CAUTION - Hot metalparts

Safety belts and seats canbecome hot in a vehicle that hasbeen closed during warm/hotweather; they could burn achild. Check seat covers andbuckles before you place a childanywhere near them.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 45

Page 57: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

463

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Child restraint system (if equipped)For small children and babies, theuse of a child seat or infant seat isrequired by law. This child seat orinfant seat should be of appropriatesize for the child and should beinstalled in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions. It is stronglyrecommended that the seat beplaced in the vehicle's rear seatsince this can make an importantcontribution to safety.Children riding in the car should siton the rear seat and must always beproperly restrained to minimize therisk of injury in an accident, suddenstop or sudden maneuver. Accordingto accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seats than in the front seat.

You are required by law to use safe-ty restraints for children. If small chil-dren ride in your vehicle you mustput them in a child restraint system(safety seat).Children could be injured or killed ina crash if their restraints are notproperly secured. For small childrenand babies, a child seat or infant seatmust be used. Before buying a par-ticular child restraint system, makesure it fits your car and seat belts,and fits your child. Follow all theinstructions provided by the manu-facturer when installing the childrestraint system.

E1BLA204

WARNING• A child restraint system must

be placed in the rear seat.Never install a child or infantseat on the front passenger'sseat.Should an accident occur andcause the passenger airbag todeploy, it could severely injureor kill an infant or child seatedin an infant or child seat.Thus,only use a child restraint inthe rear seat of your vehicle.

(Continued)

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 46

Page 58: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 47

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

(Continued)• Always make sure that the

shoulder belt portion of thelap/shoulder belt is positionedmidway over the shoulder,never across the neck orbehind the back. The lap beltportion of the lap/shoulderbelt must always be posi-tioned as low as possible onthe child's hips and as snugas possible.

• If the seat belt will not proper-ly fit the child the use of anapproved booster seat in therear seat must be used inorder to raise the child's seat-ing height so that the seat beltwill properly fit the child.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never allow a child to stand up

or kneel on the seat.• Never use an infant carrier or

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback; it may notprovide adequate security inan accident.

• Never allow a child to be heldin a person's arms while theyare in a moving vehicle, asthis could result in seriousinjury to the child in the eventof an accident or a suddenstop. Holding a child in a mov-ing vehicle does not providethe child with any means ofprotection during an accident,even if the person holding thechild is wearing a seat belt.

(Continued)• Since a safety belt or child

restraint system can becomevery hot if it is left in a closedvehicle, be sure to check theseat cover and buckles beforeplacing a child there.

• When the child restraint sys-tem is not in use, store it in thetrunk or fasten it with a safetybelt so that it will not bethrown forward in the case ofa sudden stop or an accident.

• Children who are too large tobe in a child restraint shouldsit in the rear seat and berestrained with the availablelap/shoulder belts. Neverallow children to ride in thefront passenger seat.

(Continued)

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 47

Page 59: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

483

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Installing a child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommendthat the child restraint system beused in the rear seats.Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger thatan inflating passenger side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.Since all passenger’s (except dri-ver’s) safety belts move freely undernormal conditions and only lockunder extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), youmust manually change these safetybelts to the auto lock mode to securea child restraint.

✽✽ NOTICEThe driver’s safety belt incorporatesthe emergency lock mode only.

WARNING• Do not install any child

restraint system in the frontpassenger seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger airbag to deploy, itcould severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in aninfant or child seat. Therefore,only use a child restraint sys-tem in the rear seat of yourvehicle.

• If the child restraint seat is notanchored properly, the risk ofa child being seriously injuredor killed in a collision greatlyincreases.

WARNING• Before installing the child

restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by thechild restraint system manu-facturer.

• If the seat belt does not oper-ate as described, have thesystem checked immediatelyby your authorized Kia dealer.

• Failure to observe this manualinstructions regarding childrestraint system and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldincrease the chance and/orseverity of injury in an acci-dent.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 48

Page 60: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 49

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Placing a passenger safetybelt into the auto lock modeThe use of the auto lock mode willensure that the normal movement ofthe child in the vehicle does notcause the safety belt to be pulled outand loosen the firmness of its holdon the child restraint system. Tosecure a child restraint system, usethe following procedure.

Installing a child restraint system bylap/shoulder belt

To install a child restraint system onthe outboard or center rear seats, dothe following:1. Place the child restraint system in

the seat and route the lap/shoul-der belt around or through therestraint, following the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. Besure the safety belt webbing is nottwisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latchinto the buckle. Listen for the dis-tinct “click” sound.

Position the release button so that itis easy to access in case of anemergency.

E2MS103005 E2BLD310

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 49

Page 61: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

503

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3. Pull the shoulder portion of thesafety belt all the way out. Whenthe shoulder portion of the safetybelt is fully extended, it will shiftthe retractor to the “Auto Lock”(child restraint) mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portionof the safety belt to retract and lis-ten for an audible “clicking” or“ratcheting” sound. This indicatesthat the retractor is in the “AutoLock” mode. If no distinct sound isheard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from thebelt as possible by pushing downon the child restraint system whilefeeding the shoulder belt back intothe retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the safetybelt is holding it firmly in place. If itis not, release the safety belt andrepeat steps 2 through 6.

"Click"

MMSA3029 MMSA3030MMSA3028

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 50

Page 62: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 51

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

7. Double check that the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode byattempting to pull more of the safe-ty belt out of the retractor. If youcannot, the retractor is in the “AutoLock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, pressthe release button on the buckle andthen pull the lap/shoulder belt out ofthe restraint and allow the safety beltto retract fully.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the safety belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position,the retractor will automaticallyswitch from the “Auto Lock” modeto the emergency lock mode for nor-mal adult usage.

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automati-cally returns to the “emergencylock mode” whenever the belt isallowed to retract fully.Therefore, the preceding sevensteps must be followed eachtime a child restraint isinstalled.If the safety belt is not placed inthe “auto lock” mode, severeinjury or death could occur tothe child and/or other occupantsin the vehicle in a collision,since the child restraint will notbe effectively held in place.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 51

Page 63: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

523

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - Childrestraint

Check that the child restraintsystem is secure by pushingand pulling it in different direc-tions. Incorrectly fitted childrestraints may swing, twist, tipor come away causing death orinjury.

Securing a child restraint seatwith “Tether Anchor” systemChild restraint hook holders arelocated on the shelf or floor behindthe rear seats.1. Open the tether anchor cover on

the shelf or floor behind the rearseats.

2. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rest, route the tether strap underthe headrest and between theheadrest posts, otherwise routethe tether strap over the top of theseatback.

3. Connect the tether strap hook tothe correct child restraint hookholder and tighten to secure theseat.

2GHN3300A

WARNINGIf the tether strap is securedincorrectly, the child restraintseat may not be restrainedproperly in the event of a colli-sion.

1LDN3200/1LDN3200A

4 Door

5 Door

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 52

Page 64: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 53

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Child seat lower anchorsSome child seat manufacturersmake child restraint seats that arelabeled as International StandardsOrganization Fixed (ISOFIX) orISOFIX-compatible child restraintseats. These seats include two rigidor webbing mounted attachmentsthat connect to two ISOFIX anchorsat specific seating positions in yourvehicle. This type of child restraintseat eliminates the need to use seatbelts to attach the child seat for for-ward-facing child restraint seats inthe rear seats.

There is a symbol located on thelower portion of each side of the rearseatbacks. These symbols indicatethe position of the lower anchors forchild restraints so equipped.

1LDN3050

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand onlythose loads imposed by cor-rectly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seatbelts or harnesses or forattaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached some-where other than the correcttether anchor.

1LDN3100/1LDN3100A

Child lower anchor

Label

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 53

Page 65: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

543

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

ISOFIX anchors have been providedin your vehicle. The ISOFIX anchorsare located in the left and right out-board rear seating positions. Theirlocations are shown in the illustra-tion. There is no ISOFIX anchor pro-vided for the center rear seatingposition.The ISOFIX anchors are locatedbetween the seatback and the seatcushion of the rear seat left and rightoutboard seating positions.

Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with ISOFIX orISOFIX-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the ISOFIXchild restraint, assure that the seat isproperly attached to the ISOFIX andtether anchors. Also, test the childrestraint seat before you place thechild in it. Tilt the seat from side toside. Also try to tug the seat forward.Check to see if the anchors hold theseat in place.

WARNINGIf the child restraint is notanchored properly, the risk of achild being seriously injured orkilled in a collision greatlyincreases.

1LDN3100/SBGQ03102

WARNINGWhen using the vehicle's"ISOFIX" system to install achild restraint system in the rearseat, all unused vehicle rearseat belt metal latch plates ortabs must be latched securely intheir seat belt buckles and theseat belt webbing must beretracted behind the childrestraint to prevent the childfrom reaching and taking holdof unretracted seat belts.Unlatched metal latch plates ortabs may allow the child toreach the unretracted seat beltswhich may result in strangula-tion and a serious injury ordeath to the child in the childrestraint.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 54

Page 66: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 55

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

(Continued)In a crash, the child restraintseat ISOFIX attachments maynot be strong enough tosecure the child restraint seatimproperly in the rear centerseating position and maybreak, causing serious injuryor death.

• Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible child restraint seatonly to the appropriate loca-tions shown in the illustration.

• Always follow the installationand use instructions providedby the manufacturer of thechild restraint.

WARNING• Do not mount more than one

child restraint to a single teth-er or to a child restraint loweranchorage point. The improp-er increased load may causethe anchorage points or tetheranchor to break, causing seri-ous injury or death.

• Do not install a child restraintseat at the rear center seatingposition using the vehicle’sISOFIX anchors. The ISOFIXanchors are only provided forthe left and right outboard rearseating positions. Do not mis-use the ISOFIX anchors byattempting to attach a childrestraint seat in the middlerear seating position to theISOFIX anchors.

(Continued)

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 55

Page 67: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

563

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

AIRBAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

➀ Driver’s airbag ➁ Front passenger’sairbag

➃ Curtain Airbag (if equipped)

➄ Front impact sensor

➆ SRS controlmodule

➈ Occupant classifi-cation system

1LDC2047/1LDN2048/1LDA2049/1LDN2050/1LDN2051/1LDA2052/1LDN2053/1LDN2055A/1LDA2054/1LDN2055A/1LDN2166/1LDN2167/1LDN2168

➂ Side airbag (if equipped)

➅ Side impact sensor(if equipped)

➇ Front seat positionsensor

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 56

Page 68: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 57

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

➀ Driver’s airbag(see page 3- 60)

➁ Front passenger’s airbag(see page 3- 61)

➂ Side airbag(if equipped, see page 3- 67)

➃ Curtain Airbag(if equipped, see page 3- 68)

➄ Front impact sensor(see page 3- 69)

➅ Side impact sensor(if equipped, see page 3- 69)

➆ SRS Control Module(see page 3- 69)

➇ Front seat position sensor➈ Occupant classification system

(see page 3- 62) Airbag inflation condition

(see page 3- 70) Airbag non-inflation condition

(see page 3- 72) Airbag warning light

(see page 3- 77) Airbag service

(see page 3- 77) Airbag warning label

(see page 3- 79)

What your airbag system doesDriver’s airbag and front passenger’sairbag are designed to supplementthe protection offered by the safetybelt in certain frontal collisions.Likewise, side airbag and curtainairbags (if equipped) are designed tosupplement the protection offered bythe safety belt in side collisions.Safety belts are designed to reducethe injury of the driver or passengersin case of light impact or collision.However, to help reduce impact ondriver or passengers in a serious col-lision, seat belts must also be cor-rectly worn.

What your airbag system doesnot doThe air bag system is designed tosupplement the protection offered bythe safety belt system. IT IS NOT ASUBSTITUTE FOR THE SAFETYBELT.

The importance of using safety beltsThere are four very important rea-sons to use safety belts even with anairbag supplemental restraint sys-tem. They:• help keep you in the proper posi-

tion (away from the airbag) when itinflates.

• reduce the risk of harm in rollover,side impact (vehicles not equippedwith side and curtain airbags) orrear impact collisions, because anairbag is not designed to inflate insuch situations and even a sidecurtain airbag is designed to inflateonly in certain side impact colli-sions.

• reduce the risk of harm in frontal orside collisions which are notsevere enough to actuate theairbag supplemental restraint sys-tem.

• reduce the risk of being thrownfrom your vehicle.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 57

Page 69: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

583

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Airbag system components The main components of your SRSare:• To indicate that your vehicle is

equipped with airbags, the corre-sponding airbag covers aremarked with “SRS AIRBAG”.- Driver’s airbag (see page 3- 60)- Passenger’s airbag (see page 3- 61)- Side airbag

(if equipped, see page 3- 67) - Curtain airbag

(if equipped, see page 3- 68)• A diagnostic system that continual-

ly monitors the system operation.• An indicator light to warn you of a

possible problem with the system.• Emergency power backup in case

your car’s electrical system is dis-connected in a crash.

WARNING - Airbags &safety belts

• Even in vehicles with air bags,you and your passengersmust always wear the safetybelts provided in order to min-imize the risk and severity ofinjury in the event of a colli-sion or rollover.

• Always wear your safety belt.It can help keep you awayfrom the air bags during heavybraking just before a collision.

• If occupants are not fastenedor correctly seated, they can-not be protected, and thusface serious injury or death.

• Driver’s and front passenger’sairbag are designed to inflateonly in certain frontal colli-sions, and side and curtainairbags (if equipped) aredesigned to inflate in certainside impacts.

(Continued)

(Continued)They will generally not provideprotection in side impacts(vehicles not equipped withside and curtain airbags) orrear impacts, rollovers, lesssevere frontal collisions. Theywill not provide protectionfrom later impacts in a multi-impact collision.

• If your vehicle has been sub-jected to flood conditions (e.g.soaked carpeting/standingwater on the floor of the vehi-cle, etc.) or if your vehicle hasbecome flood damaged in anyway, do not attempt to startthe vehicle or put the key inthe ignition before discon-necting the battery. This maycause airbag deployment,which could result in seriouspersonal injury or death. Ifflooded conditions are sub-jected to your vehicle, beforestarting the vehicle, have thevehicle towed to an authorizedKia dealer for inspection andnecessary repairs.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 58

Page 70: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 59

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

The SRS uses a collection of sen-sors to gather information about thedriver’s and front passenger’s seatposition, the driver’s and front pas-senger’s safety belt usage andimpact severity.The driver’s and front passenger’sseat position sensors, which areinstalled on the seat track, determineif the seats are fore or aft of a refer-ence position. Similarly, the safetybelt usage sensors determine if thedriver and front passenger’s safetybelts are fastened. These sensorsprovide the ability to control the SRSdeployment based on how close thedriver’s seat is to the steering wheel,how close the passenger’s seat is tothe instrument panel, whether or notthe safety belts are fastened, andhow severe is the impact.

The advanced SRS offers the abilityto control the airbag inflation with twolevels. A first stage level is providedfor moderate-severity impacts. A sec-ond stage level is provided for moresevere impacts.The SRSCM (SRS Control Module)controls the airbag inflation in accor-dance with impact severity, seatingposition and safety belt usage.Additionally, your SRS is equippedwith an occupant classification sys-tem in the front passenger’s seat.The occupant classification systemdetects the presence of a passengerin the front passenger’s seat and willturn off the front passenger’s airbagunder certain conditions. For moredetail, see “Occupant ClassificationSystem” later in this section.

CAUTIONIf the seat position sensor is notworking properly, the SRSairbag warning light ( ) on theinstrument panel will illuminateeven if there is no malfunctionof the SRS airbag system,because the SRS airbag warn-ing light is connected with theseat position sensor. If the SRSairbag warning light does notilluminate when the ignition keyis turned to the "ON" position, ifit remains illuminated afterblinking for approximately 6seconds, or if it illuminateswhile the vehicle is being driv-en, have an authorized Kia deal-er inspect the seat position sen-sor and the advanced SRSairbag system as soon as possi-ble.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 59

Page 71: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

603

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driver’s airbagThe driver’s airbag is stored in thecenter of the steering wheel.

WARNING• Modification to the seat struc-

ture can adversely affect theseat position sensor andcause the airbag to deploy at adifferent level than should beprovided.

• Do not place any objectsunderneath the front seatsthat could damage the seatposition sensor or interferewith the occupant classifica-tion system.

• Do not place any objects thatmay cause magnetic fieldsnear the front seat. These maycause a malfunction of theseat position sensor.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Ignoring the SRS indictor light

(airbag indicator and passen-ger airbag off indicator) canresult in serious or fatal injuryif the airbags occupant classi-fication system or pretension-ers do not work properly. Haveyour car checked by a dealeras soon as possible if the SRSwarning light alerts you to apotential problem.

• Sitting improperly or out ofposition can result in seriousor fatal injury in a crash. Alloccupants should sit uprightin their seats with their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

HLZ206

1LDN2048A

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 60

Page 72: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 61

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Front passenger’s airbagFront passenger’s airbag is stored inthe instrument panel on the glovebox.Since you cannot anticipate whichairbags will deploy or from whatdirection, never put any objects orornaments on the instrument panel.

Occupant classification systemThe occupant classification systemdetects the presence of a passengerin the front passenger's seat and willturn off the front passenger's airbagunder certain conditions.The occupant classification system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated occupant and deter-mine if the front passenger's airbagshould be enabled (may inflate) ornot.Only the front passenger front airbagand front passenger side airbag arecontrolled by the OccupantClassification System.

WARNING• You must always sit as far

back from the steering wheelairbag as possible (chest atleast 10 inches (250 mm) awayfrom the steering wheel), whilestill maintaining a comfortableseating position for goodvehicle control, in order toreduce the risk of injury ordeath in a collision.

• Never place objects over theairbag storage compartmentsor between the airbags andyourself. Due to the speed andforce of the airbag inflation,such objects could hit yourbody at high speed and causesevere bodily injury and evendeath.

• Do not put stickers or orna-ments on the steering wheelcover. These may interferewith the deployment of theairbag.

1LDA2049

HLZ208

1LDN2166

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 61

Page 73: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

623

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Main components of occupantclassification system• A detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion.• Electronic system to determine

whether passenger airbag systems(both front and side) should beactivated or deactivated.

• A warning light located on theinstrument panel which illuminatesthe words "PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF" passenger airbag system isdeactivated.

• The instrument panel airbag warn-ing light is interconnected with theoccupant classification system.

If there is no passenger in the frontpassenger seat or if the passenger inthe front passenger seat is very light,(such as a child), the front PASSEN-GER AIRBAG OFF indicator mayilluminate.When this indicator is ON, neitherthe front passenger front airbag norfront passenger side airbag willdeploy in either a side or frontal colli-sion.

Always be sure that you and all vehi-cle occupants are seated andrestrained properly (sitting uprightwith the seat in an upright position,centered on the seat cushion, withthe person's legs comfortablyextended, feet on the floor, and wear-ing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by theairbag and the safety belt.• The OCS may not function proper-

ly if the passenger takes actionswhich can defeat the detection sys-tem. These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-tion.

(2) Leaning against the door or cen-ter console.

(3) Sitting towards the sides or thefront of the seat.

(4) Putting legs on the dashboard orresting them on other locationswhich reduce the passengerweight on the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safetybelt.

(6) Reclining the seat back.

1LDN2150A

The location of OCS warning indicator

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 62

Page 74: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 63

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

• The "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF"indicator illuminates after the igni-tion key is turned to the "ON" posi-tion or after the engine is started. Ifthe front passenger seat is unoc-cupied or is occupied by very smallperson, or is occupied by someonewho is improperly seated, the"PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indi-cator will remain illuminated. If thefront passenger seat is occupiedby someone of adult size and bodyshape, the "PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF" indicator will turn off after 6seconds.

• If the "PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF" indicator illuminates, neitherthe front passenger front airbagnor front passenger side airbag willdeploy in either a side or frontalcollision.

• If the "PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF" indicator is not illuminated,the front passenger front airbagand front passenger side airbagmay deploy in either a side orfrontal collision.

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

Condition detected bythe occupant classifi-

cation system

1. Adult *1

2. Child*2 or childrestraint system

3. Unoccupied

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

"PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF" indicator light

SRS warning lightFront passenger front

airbag and front passenger side airbag

Indicator/Warning light Devices

*1 The system detects a person who is generally adult size as an adult, thus allowing the pas-senger airbag to deploy. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system maydetect their body shape as that of a child, thus preventing airbag deployment.

*2 When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat,the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending on his/her body shape or seatingposition, thus permitting airbag deployment.

CAUTION If the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator illuminates or blinks con-tinuously when a person of adult size sits in the front passenger'sseat , it could be because that person isn't sitting properly in theseat.If this happens, turn the vehicle off, make sure the seat back isnot reclined, have the passenger center on the seat cushion, with legscomfortably extended, and the safety belt properly positioned. Restartthe vehicle and have the person remain in this position long enoughto allow the system to detect the person and activate the passengerairbag.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 63

Page 75: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

643

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

(Continued)• If the "PASSENGER AIRBAG

OFF" indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger'sseat is occupied by a personof adult size who is seatedproperly, or if the "PASSEN-GER AIRBAG OFF" indicator"is not illuminated when thefront passenger's seat isunoccupied or occupied by avery small person, the occu-pant classification system isnot working properly. Haveyour vehicle immediatelyinspected by your Kia dealer ifthe occupant classificationsystem is not working proper-ly.

(Continued)

CAUTION If the occupant classificationsystem is not working properly,the airbag warning light ( ) onthe instrument panel will illumi-nate. If there is a malfunction ofthe occupant classification sys-tem, the "PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF" indicator will not illumi-nate and the front passenger'sairbag will deploy in frontalcrashes even if there is an adultsized occupant in the front pas-senger seat. If the SRS airbagwarning light does not illumi-nate when the ignition key isturned to "ON" position, if itremains illuminated after blink-ing for approximately six sec-onds, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, havean authorized Kia dealer inspectthe occupant classification sys-tem with the SRS airbag systemas soon as possible.

WARNINGIf the front passenger seatshould be modified for personswith disabilities that may affectthe operation of the occupantclassification system, contactan authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantclassification system, do notinstall a child restraint systemin the front passenger seat.The child could be severelyinjured or killed if the airbagdeploys. Children are affordedthe most protection in theevent of an accident whenthey are restrained by theproper restraint system in therear seat.

(Continued)

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:28 AM Page 64

Page 76: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 65

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

(Continued)• If a very low weight adult is

seated in the front passengerseat, the occupant classifica-tion system may or may notturn off the right front passen-ger air bag, depending uponthe person's seating positionand body type. Everyone inyour vehicle should wear asafety belt properly -- whetheror not there is an air bag forthat person.

• If the front seat passengerchanges their seating position(for example, by not sittingupright, by sitting on the edgeof the seat, or by otherwisebeing out of position), the"PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF"indicator may be turned on,and the passenger airbag maynot deploy in a collision.Always be sure to sit properlyin the front passenger seatand wear the safety belt prop-erly.

(Continued)

1KMN3661

Do Not Do This:

Do Not Do This:

1KMN3662

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

- Put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seat.

- Excessively recline the frontpassenger seatback.

- Do not sit on the front edgeof the front passenger seat.

- Do not sit towards the side ofthe front seat, or lean againstthe console or door.

(Continued)

(Continued)

Do Not Do This:

Do Not Do This:

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 65

Page 77: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

663

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

✽✽ NOTICE• If luggage or other objects are

placed on the front passenger'sseat or if the temperature of theseat changes while the seat is unoc-cupied, the "PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF" indicator mayblink. These conditions do notindicate a problem.

• Do not put heavy objects on the frontpassenger's seat. This may causefront passenger airbag deploymentin the event of an accident, thusincreasing your repair costs.

1KMN3665

1KMN3666

- Proper seating position

- Do not put feet on dash-board.

Do Not Do This:

Do This:

(Continued) (Continued)• Do not modify or replace the

front passenger seat. This willdisable the OCS unless a prop-er Kia replacement seat is used.

• Do not place sharp objects onthe front passenger seat.Thesecan damage the occupant clas-sification system, if they punc-ture the seat cushion.

• Do not install accessory seatcovers on the front seats,since these will interfere withproper sensor operation.

WARNING• The front seat passenger

airbag is much larger than thesteering wheel airbag andinflates with considerablymore force. It can seriouslyhurt or kill a passenger who isnot in the proper position andwearing the safety belt proper-ly. The front passengersshould always move their seatas far back as practical and sitback in their seat.

• It is essential that the front pas-senger always wears their safe-ty belts, even when the vehicleis moving in a parking lot or upa driveway into garage.

• If the driver brakes the vehicleheavily prior to an impact,unbelted occupants will bethrown forward. If the frontpassenger is not wearing thesafety belts, they will be direct-ly in front of the storage com-partment when deploymentoccurs. In that situation, seri-ous injury or death is possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 66

Page 78: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 67

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Side airbag (if equipped)Side airbags are stored in the leftside of the driver’s seat and right sideof the front passenger’s seat.If airbag inflation conditions are met(side collision), they will inflate.

WARNING• Do not use any accessory

seat covers for the vehicleequipped with side airbags.Use of seat covers could inter-fere with side airbag deploy-ment.If seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer. Informthem that your vehicle isequipped with side airbags.

• Do not make modifications oradditions to the seats. If seatsnot allowed by Kia Motors areused, unexpected injury mayresult in due to the malfunc-tion of the airbag system.

1LDA2056

1LDN2050/1LDN2051

(Continued)• Never allow front passenger

to put their hands, feet or faceon or close to the instrumentpanel. In the event of airbagdeployment, such a misposi-tioned occupant would belikely to suffer severe injury ordeath.

• Never allow children, pregnantwomen or weak persons to sitin the front passenger seat.Do not put child restraint sys-tem on the front passenger'sseat either. They may be seri-ously injured by the airbaginflation when airbag deploys.

• Do not put objects or stickerson the instrument panel. Donot apply any accessory to thefront windshield. Do not installaftermarket mirrors or acces-sories on the factory-installedrearview mirror. Any of thesecould interfere with thedeployment of the airbag orcould hit your body at highspeed and cause severe bodi-ly injury and even death.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 67

Page 79: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

683

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Curtain airbag (if equipped)Curtain airbags are located alongboth sides of the roof rails above thefront and rear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupantsand the rear outboard seat occupantsin certain side impact collisions.

• If the curtain airbag deploys, itremains inflated for approximately 3seconds. The curtain airbag deploy-ment occurs only on the side of thevehicle affected by the impact.

• The side airbags (side and curtainairbags) are not designed to deployduring collisions from the front orrear of the vehicle or in most rolloversituations.

• The curtain airbags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed andimpact. The curtain airbags are notdesigned to deploy in all side impactsituations.

WARNING• In order for side airbags (side

and curtain airbags) to pro-vide its best protection, bothfront seat occupants and bothoutboard rear occupantsshould sit in an upright posi-tion with the seat belts proper-ly fastened. Especially, chil-dren should sit in a properchild restraint system.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When children are seated in

the rear outboard seats, theymust be seated in the properchild restraint system. Makesure to put the child restraintsystem as far away from thedoor side as possible, andsecure the child restraint sys-tem to be locked in position.

• Do not allow the passengersto lean their heads or bodiesonto doors, put their arms onthe doors, stretch their armsout of the window, or placeobjects between the doorsand passengers when they areseated on the seats whereside airbags are equipped.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side cur-tain airbag system. Thisshould be done only by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicleoccupants in an accident.

1LDA2052

1LDA2057

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 68

Page 80: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 69

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Why didn’t my airbag go off ina collision? (Inflation and non-inflation condi-tions of the airbag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the airbag would not beexpected to provide additional pro-tection.These include rear impacts, secondor third collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even ifit is totally unusable, don’t be sur-prised that the airbags did not inflate.

Airbag collision sensors➀ SRS control module➁ Front impact sensor

➂ Side impact sensor (if equipped)

1LDN2058/1LDN2055B/1LDN2053/1LDA2054/1LDN2055A

➀ ➁ ➂

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 69

Page 81: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

703

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Airbag inflation conditionFront airbag Front airbags (driver’s and front pas-senger’s airbags) are designed toinflate when the impact is deliveredto front collision sensors dependingon the intensity, speed or angles ofimpact of the front collision - general-ly from an area a little to the left to alittle to the right of straight ahead.

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations whereairbag or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpectedairbag deployment, whichcould result in serious per-sonal injury or death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is alteredin any way, the airbags maydeploy when they should notor they may not deploy whenthey should, causing severeinjury or death.Therefore, do not try to per-form maintenance on oraround the airbag sensors.Have the vehicle checked andrepaired by the authorized Kiadealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sen-

sor installation angles arechanged due to the deforma-tion of front bumper, body orB, C pillar where side collisionsensors are installed. Havethe vehicle checked andrepaired by the authorized Kiadealer.

• Your vehicle has beendesigned to absorb impactand deploy the airbag(s) incertain collisions. Installingaftermarket bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-genuine parts may adverselyaffect your vehicles collisionand airbag deployment per-formance.

1LDA2059

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 70

Page 82: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 71

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Side airbag (if equipped)Side airbags (side and curtainairbags) are designed to inflate whenthe impact is delivered to side colli-sion sensors depending on thestrength, speed or angles of impactof side impact collision or rollover bythe side impact.

Although the front airbags (driver’sand front passenger’s airbags) aredesigned to inflate only in frontal col-lision, it may inflate in any collision iffront impact sensors are deliveredwith certain impact.Side airbags (side and curtainairbags) are designed to inflate onlyin side impact collision, it may inflatein any collision if side impact sensorsare delivered with certain impact.

In other words, they may inflate inaccidents such as slant collision orimpact, collision or impact where thefront portion of the vehicle goesunder a vehicle with a higher groundclearance (bus or truck), collisionwith a utility pole or rollover.Therefore, drive safely at all times.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads or sidewalks, airbags maydeploy. Drive carefully on unim-proved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic.To protect occupants, front airbagsor pre-tensioner seat belts maydeploy in certain side impact colli-sions.

1LDE2060

1LDA2057

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 71

Page 83: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

723

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Airbag non-inflation conditions• In collisions, the vehicle safety

belts are sufficient to protect thevehicle occupants and the airbagsmay not deploy. In some cases,deploying airbags in low-speedcollisions can cause a secondaryimpact to the occupants (light abra-sions, cuts, burns, etc.), or loss ofvehicle control.

• Airbags may not inflate in rear col-lisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force ofthe impact. In this case, the airbagsdo not provide proper protection.

• Front airbags may not inflate inside impact collision, becauseoccupants move to the direction ofthe collision, and thus front airbagdeployment does not provide prop-er protection.However, side or curtain airbags (ifequipped) may inflate dependingon the intensity, vehicle speed andangles of impact.

1GHA22731LDA2061 1LDN2063

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 72

Page 84: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 73

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

• In a slant impact or collision, theforce delivered will be relativelyweaker than that of frontal colli-sion. So, the airbags may notinflate.

• At the moment of an accident, driv-ers brake heavily with reflex. Insuch heavy braking, the front por-tion of the vehicle is lowered by theforce of the braking and the vehiclecan go under a vehicle with a high-er ground clearance. Airbags maynot inflate in this situation becauseimpacts may not be delivered ormay be delivered with less intensi-ty.

• Airbags may not inflate in rolloveraccidents because airbag deploy-ment would not provide proper pro-tection to the occupants.However, side airbags (ifequipped) may inflate when thevehicle is rolled over by a sideimpact collision, if the vehicle isequipped with side airbags andcurtain airbags.

1GHA2270 1LDA2065 1LDA2066

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 73

Page 85: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

743

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

• Airbags may not inflate if the vehi-cle collides with objects such asutility poles or trees, where thepoint of impact is concentrated toone area and the full force of theimpact is not delivered to the sen-sors.

How does the airbag systemoperate • Airbag only operates when the

ignition switch is turned to ON orSTART position.

• Airbags inflate instantly in theevent of serious frontal or side col-lision (if equipped with side airbagor curtain airbag) in order to helpprotect the occupants from seriousphysical injury.

• There is no single speed at whichthe airbags will inflate.Generally, airbags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collisionand its direction. These two factorsdetermine whether the sensorssend out an electronic deploy-ment/inflation signal.

• Airbag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and thedensity and stiffness of the vehi-cles or objects which your vehiclehits in the collision. Though, factorsare not limited to those mentionedabove.

• The front airbags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you tosee the airbags inflate during anaccident. It is much more likely thatyou will simply see the deflatedairbags hanging out of their stor-age compartments after the colli-sion.

1LDA2067

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 74

Page 86: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 75

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

• In order to help provide protectionin a severe collision, the airbagsmust inflate rapidly. The speed ofairbag inflation has been deter-mined by the Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS)to reduce the likelihood of seriousor life-threatening injuries and isthus a mandatory part of the airbagdesign.However, airbag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruisesand broken bones, because thatspeed also causes the airbags toexpand with a great deal force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with thesteering wheel airbag can causefatal injuries, especially if theoccupant is positioned exces-sively close to the steeringwheel.

Noise and smokeWhen the airbags inflate, they makea loud noise and they leave smokeand powder in the air inside of thevehicle. This is normal and is a resultof the ignition of the airbag inflator.After the airbag inflates, you may feelsubstantial discomfort in breathingdue to the contact of your chest toboth the safety belt and the airbag,as well as from breathing the smokeand powder. We strongly urge youto open your doors and/or win-dows as soon as possible afterimpact in order to reduce discom-fort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to theskin (eyes, nose and throat etc). Ifthis is the case, wash and rinse withthe cold water immediately and con-sult the doctor if the symptom per-sists.

WARNING• Driver should sit as far back

(at least 10 inches (250 mm)away) from the steering wheelairbag as possible to reducethe risk of injury or death in acollision. The front passengershould always move their seatas far back as possible and sitback in their seat.

• Airbag inflates instantly in anevent of collision, passengersmay be injured by the airbagexpansion force if they are notin proper position.

• Airbag inflation may causeinjuries which normallyinclude facial or bodily abra-sions, injuries by the brokenglasses or burns by the explo-sives.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 75

Page 87: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

763

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Installing a child restraint on afront passenger seat is forbid-den.Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger seat.If the airbag deploys, it would impactthe rear-facing child restraint, caus-ing serious or fatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facingchild restraint in the front passengerseat either. If the front passengerairbag inflates, it would cause seri-ous or fatal injuries to the improperlypositioned or improperly restrainedchild.

WARNING• Never put child restraint in the

front passenger seat. If thefront passenger airbaginflates, it would cause seri-ous or fatal injuries.

• When children are seated inthe rear outboard seats inwhich curtain airbags areequipped, be sure to put thechild restraint system as faraway from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system to be lockedin position.Inflation of curtain airbagcould cause serious injury ordeath due to the expansionimpact.

WARNINGWhen the airbags deploy, theairbag related parts in steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roofrails above the front and reardoors are very hot. To preventinjury, do not touch the airbagstorage areas internal compo-nents immediately after anairbag has inflated. E1BLA204

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 76

Page 88: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 77

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Airbag warning lightThe purpose of airbag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alertyou of a potential problem with yourairbag - Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turnedON, the indicator light should blink orilluminate for approximately 6 sec-onds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after the engine

starts.• The light comes on while the vehi-

cle is in motion.

Airbag (SupplementalRestraint System) service Your Supplemental Restraint Systemis virtually maintenance-free. Thereare no parts which you can service.You must have the system servicedunder the following circumstances:• If an airbag ever inflates, the airbag

must be replaced. Do not try toremove or discard the airbag byyourself. This must be done by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• If the airbag warning indicator lightalerts you to a problem, have theairbag system checked as soon aspossible. Otherwise, your airbagsystem may be ineffective.

A-BAG-W

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 77

Page 89: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

783

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

When repairing or scrapping thevehicles • Repairing steering wheel, instru-

ment panel, center console orroofs, or installing car audio aroundcenter console or painting frontmetal sheet could disable theairbag system. Have them checkedby an authorized Kia dealer.

• When leaving the vehicle at anauthorized Kia dealer, inform thatthe vehicle is equipped with airbagsystem, and leave the owner’smanual in the vehicle.

• Since airbag system containsexplosive chemical substances,contact an authorized Kia dealerwhen scrapping the vehicle.

CAUTION Do not modify any part of theSupplemental Restraint System.Excessive modification couldmake the airbag system ineffec-tive.

WARNING• Do not modify your steering

wheel, seat or any other partof the Supplemental RestraintSystem. Modification couldmake the system inoperable.

• Do not work on the system’scomponents or wiring. Thiscould cause the airbags toinflate inadvertently, possiblyseriously injuring someone.Working on the system couldalso disable the system sothat the airbags would notdeploy in a collision.

• Any work on the SRS system,such as removing, installing,repairing, or any work on thesteering wheel must be per-formed by a qualified Kia tech-nician. Improper handling ofthe airbag system may resultin serious personal injury.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 78

Page 90: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 79

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Airbag warning labelAirbag warning labels which are now required by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS) areattached to alert driver and passengers of potential risk of airbag system.Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children, Kia also wants you to be aware of the risks whichadults are exposed to. Those have been described in previous pages.

5LDN2068/1LDN2069A/1LDN2074/1LDE2069

(if equipped) (if equipped)➁ ➂

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 79

Page 91: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

803

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Outside the vehicle• To open the trunk, insert the key

into the lock and turn it clockwise(➀).

• To close the trunk, use both handsto push the trunk lid down. Checkto see if the trunk is completelyshut.

• Trunk can be opened with transmit-ter (if equipped).

Trunk room lampTrunk room lamp turns on when thetrunk is opened. It remains on untilthe trunk is securely closed.

✽✽ NOTICEMake sure to close the trunk secure-ly. If it remains open while engine isnot running, it may cause batterydischarge because trunk room lampremains on.

TRUNK (IF EQUIPPED)

1LDN2014

PROPOSITION 65WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-ety of automobile componentsand parts, including compo-nents found in the interior fur-nishings in a vehicle, contain oremit chemicals known to theState of California to cause can-cer and birth defects and repro-ductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of compo-nent wear contain or emit chem-icals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproduc-tive harm.

1LDA2015

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 80

Page 92: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 81

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Inside the vehicleTo open the trunk from inside thevehicle push trunk lid release switch.

Emergency trunk safetyrelease (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with anemergency trunk release cable locat-ed inside the trunk. The lever glowsin the dark when the trunk lid isclosed. If someone is inadvertentlylocked in the trunk, pulling this han-dle will release the trunk latch mech-anism and open the trunk.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the trunk lidopen, you will draw dangerousexhaust fumes into your vehiclecausing serious injury or deathto vehicle occupants. Opentrunk lids can also dangerouslyobscure rear view vision.If you must drive with the trunklid open, keep the air vents openso that additional outside aircomes into the vehicle.

1LDN2016A 1LDN2017

Pull to open the trunk

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 81

Page 93: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

823

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Trunk lid knob lock (if equipped)The trunk lid lock knob (located nearthe latch) is in the “LOCK ( )” posi-tion when the trunk lid is closed, itwill not be possible to open the trunklid by using the remote release. Inthis instance, use the master key tounlock and open the trunk lid. Toallow the trunk lid to be opened withthe remote release, push the trunklid lock knob down, then to the oppo-site direction of the “LOCK ( )”position.

WARNINGNo one should be allowed tooccupy the trunk of the vehicleat any time. If the trunk is par-tially or totally latched and theperson is unable to get out,severe injury or death couldoccur due to lack of ventilation,exhaust fumes and rapid heatbuild-up, or because of expo-sure to cold weather conditions.The trunk is also a highly dan-gerous location in the event of acrash because it is not a pro-tected occupant space butmerely a part of the vehicle’scrush zone.

CAUTION• If a person is locked in the

trunk, they can pull the emer-gency release to open thetrunk lid.

• We recommend that cars bekept locked and keys be keptout of the reach of children,and that parents teach theirchildren about the dangers ofplaying in trunks. 1LDN2017A

Unlock

Lock

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 82

Page 94: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 83

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Opening the hood:1. Pull the release lever on the lower

left side of the instrument panel tounlatch the hood. The hood shouldpop open slightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, push the second-ary latch (➀) inside of the hoodcenter and lift (➁) the hood.

3. Lift the hood and hold it open withthe support rod by inserting thefree end of the rod into the slot.

HOOD

1LDA2020 1LDN2021 1LDA2166

CAUTIONGrasp the support rod in thearea wrapped in rubber.The rub-ber will help prevent you frombeing burned by hot metal whenthe engine is hot.

LD CAN (ENG) new 3-1~.qxd 7/29/05 10:29 AM Page 83

Page 95: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

843

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:• All filler caps in engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must beremoved from the engine com-partment.

2. Secure the support rod in its clip.3. Lower the hood to about 12 inches

(30 cm) height and then let it dropto properly lock in place.Make sure the hood is properlylocked before driving.

FUEL FILLER LID

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the

release lever.

3. Pull the fuel filler lid out to open.4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel

tank cap counter-clockwise.5. Refuel as needed.6. To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it “clicks”. This indicates thatthe cap is securely tightened.

7. Close the fuel filler lid and push itlightly and make sure that it issecurely closed.

1LDA2018 1LDA2019

CAUTION• Before closing the hood, make

sure that all engine parts andtools have been removed fromthe engine area and that noone’s hands are near the hoodopening.

• Do not leave gloves, rags orany other combustible materi-al in the engine compartment.Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire.

CAUTIONTo avoid injury from sharpedges, it is recommended thatprotective gloves be worn ifthere is a need to open the fuelfiller door manually.

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 84

Page 96: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 85

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

WARNING - RefuelingIf pressurized fuel sprays out, itcan cause serious injuries.Always remove the fuel capcarefully and slowly. If the cap isventing fuel or if you hear ahissing sound, wait until thecondition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

WARNING Automotive fuels are flamma-ble/explosive materials. Whenrefueling, please note the fol-lowing guidelines carefully.Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe per-sonal injury, severe burns ordeath by fire or explosion.• Before refueling always note

the location of the EmergencyGasoline Shut-Off, if available,at the gas station facility.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before touching the fuel noz-

zle or fuel filler cap, youshould eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricitydischarge by touching anoth-er metal part of the front of thevehicle, a safe distance awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle, or other gas source.

• Do not get back into a vehicleonce you have begun refuel-ing. Do not touch, rub or slideagainst any item or fabric(polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing staticelectricity. Static electricitydischarge can ignite fuelvapors resulting in explosion.If you must re-enter the vehi-cle, you should once againeliminate potentially danger-ous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metalpart of the vehicle, away fromthe fuel filler neck, nozzle orother gasoline source.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When using a portable fuel con-

tainer be sure to place the con-tainer on the ground prior torefueling. Static electricity dis-charge from the container canignite fuel vapors causing a fire.Once refueling has begun, con-tact with the vehicle should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete. Use only portablefuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phonesaround a gas station or whilerefueling any vehicle. Electriccurrent and/or electronicinterference from cellularphones can potentially ignitefuel vapors causing a fire. Ifyou must use your cellularphone, use it in a place awayfrom the gas station.

(Continued)

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 85

Page 97: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

863

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

✽✽ NOTICE• Make sure to refuel with gasoline

(unleaded fuel) only for the gaso-line engine vehicles.

• Check to make sure the fuel fillercap is securely closed after refuel-ing.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineKia cap or the equivalent specifiedfor your vehicle. An incorrect fuelfiller cap can result in a seriousmalfunction of the fuel system oremission control system. Correctreplacement caps are available atauthorized Kia dealers.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any type offuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• A loose fuel filler cap may causethe “Check Engine” (MalfunctionIndicator) light in the instrumentpanel to illuminate unnecessarily.

• If the fuel filler lid will not open incold weather because the areaaround it is frozen, push or lightlytap the lid.

(Continued)• When refueling always shut

the engine off. Sparks pro-duced by electrical compo-nents related to the enginecan ignite fuel vapors causinga fire. Always insure that theengine is OFF before and dur-ing refueling. Once refuelingis complete, check to makesure the fuel filler cap anddoor are securely closed,before starting the engine.

• Do not light any fire around agas station. DO NOT usematches or a lighter and DONOT SMOKE or leave a lit cig-arette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can,when ignited, result in explo-sion by flames.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refu-

eling, leave the vicinity of thevehicle, and immediately con-tact the manager of the gasstation or contact the policeand local fire department.Follow any safety instructionsthey provide.

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 86

Page 98: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 87

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Auto fuel cutoff switch (if equipped)The auto fuel cutoff switch is locatedon the driver’s side of the enginecompartment. In the event of a colli-sion or sudden impact, the auto fuelcutoff device cuts off the fuel supply.If this device is activated, it must bereset by pressing in on the top of theswitch before the engine can berestarted.

MIRRORS Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand outsiderearview mirrors. The mirrors can beadjusted remotely with the controllevers or remote switch, dependingon the type your vehicle has. Themirror heads can be folded back toprevent damage during an automaticcar wash or when passing in a nar-row street. ✽✽ NOTICE

Do not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surface ofthe glass. If ice should restrict move-ment of the mirror, do not force themirror for adjustment. To removeice, use a deicer spray, or a spongeor soft cloth with very warm water.

CAUTION• The right outside rearview

mirror is convex. Objects seenin the mirror are closer thanthey appear.

• Use your interior rearview mir-ror or direct observation todetermine the actual distanceof following vehicles whenchanging lanes.

WARNINGBefore resetting the auto fuelcutoff switch, the fuel lineshould be checked for fuelleaks.

1LDA5002A

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 87

Page 99: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

883

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Manual remote control (if equipped)To adjust an outside mirror, move thecontrol lever located at the forwardinside area of the window frame.

Electric remote control (if equipped)The electric remote control mirrorswitch allows you to adjust the posi-tion of the left and right outsiderearview mirrors. To adjust the posi-tion of either mirror, move the lever(➀) to R or L to select the right sidemirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point (•) onthe mirror adjustment control to posi-tion the selected mirror up, down, leftor right.After adjustment, put the lever intoneutral position to prevent the inad-vertent adjustment.

✽✽ NOTICE• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hands.Doing so may damage the parts.

1LDN2080

1LDA2081

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 88

Page 100: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 89

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Folding the outside rearview mirrorManual typeTo fold outside rearview mirror, graspthe housing of mirror and then fold ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

Outside rearview mirror heater (if equipped) The outside rearview mirror heater isactuated in connection with the rearwindow defroster. To heat the outsiderearview mirror glass, push the but-ton for the rear window defroster.The outside rearview mirror glass willbe heated for defrosting or defoggingand will give you improved rearvision in inclement weather condi-tions. Push the button again to turnthe heater off. The outside rearviewmirror heater automatically turns offafter 20 minutes.

Day/night rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror to centeron the view through the rear window.Make this adjustment before youstart driving.

1LDA2083

CAUTIONDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision outthe rear window.

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 89

Page 101: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

903

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Manual type Make this adjustment before youstart driving and while the day/nightlever is in the day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights ofvehicles behind you during nightdriving.Remember that you lose somerearview clarity in the night position.

Electric type (if equipped)When the engine is running, theglare is automatically controlled bythe sensor mounted in the rearviewmirror. The sensor mounted in themirror senses the light level aroundthe vehicle, and through a chemicalreaction, automatically controls theheadlight glare from vehicles behindyou.Whenever the shift lever is shiftedinto reverse (R), the mirror will auto-matically go to the brightest setting inorder to improve the drivers viewbehind the vehicle.

When the ignition switch is ON, theautomatic-dimming function will turnon automatically.Press the ON/OFF button(➀) to turnthe automatic-dimming function off.The mirror indicator light will turn off.Press the ON/OFF button(➀) onceagain to turn the automatic-dimmingfunction on. The mirror indicator lightwill illuminate.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Do notspray glass cleaner directly on themirror as that may cause the liquidcleaner to enter the mirror housing.

1LDA2078

Day Night

Day/Night lever

1KMA3084➀ SensorIndicator

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 90

Page 102: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 91

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Map light Front (if equipped)The lights are turned ON or OFF bypressing the corresponding switch.

Dome light (if equipped)➀ OFF - The light stays off even

when a door is open.➁ DOOR - The light turns on or off

when a door is openedor closed.Interior light goes outslowly if the door isclosed.When a door is unlockedby the transmitter, interi-or light stays on for 30seconds as long as thedoor is not opened.

➂ ON - The light turns on and stayson even when the doors areall closed.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

1LDA2111

1LDA2112

1LDA2113

• TYPE A

• TYPE B

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 91

Page 103: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

923

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Door courtesy lamp (if equipped)The door courtesy lamp comes ONwhen the door is opened to assistentering or exiting the vehicle. It alsoserves as a warning to passing vehi-cles that the vehicle door is open.

2GHB3004

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 92

Page 104: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 93

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICE• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage com-partment.

• Since stored items may move whiledriving, be sure to position themin the storage compartment sothat they do not make noise orcause a potential safety hazardwhen the vehicle is moving.

• Always keep the storage compart-ment covers closed while driving.Do not attempt to place manyitems in the storage compartmentthat the storage compartmentcover can not close securely.

Center console storageTo open either of the console storagecompartments, pull up on the lockingtab ➀ or ➁.These compartments can be used tostore small items required by thedriver or front passenger.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNINGDo not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or otherflammable/explosive materialsin the vehicle. These items maycatch fire and/or explode if thevehicle is exposed to hot tem-peratures for extended periods.

1LDA2157

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 93

Page 105: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

943

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Glove boxTo open the glove box, then pull thehandle (➀) and the glove box willautomatically open (➁). Close theglove box after use.

✽✽ NOTICESince key is not fully inserted intothe glove box key set, do not applyexcessive force. Doing so may dam-age the parts.

1LDA2156

CAUTION To reduce the risk of injury incase of an accident or suddenstop, always keep the glove boxdoor closed while driving.

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 94

Page 106: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 95

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Sunglass holder A sunglass storage compartment isprovided on the overhead console.To open the sunglass holder, pressthe cover and the holder will slowlyopen. Place your sunglasses in thecompartment door with the lensesfacing out. Push to close.

✽✽ NOTICEMake sure the sunglass holder isclosed while driving.

1LDA2159

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 95

Page 107: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

963

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Cigarette lighterFrontTo operate the cigarette lighter, pressit in and release it. When it is heated,it automatically pops out ready foruse.If the engine is not running, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC posi-tion for the lighter to operate.

✽✽ NOTICE• Do not hold the lighter in after it is

already heated because it willoverheat.

• Only a genuine Kia lighter shouldbe used in the cigarette lightersocket. The use of plug-in acces-sories (shavers, hand-held vacu-ums, and coffee pots, for example)may damage the socket or causeelectrical failure.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

Ashtrays Front To use the ashtray, pull it out.To remove the ashtray to empty orclean, push the tab (➀) inside, lift itup slightly and pull it all the way out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

1LDA2152 1LDA2153

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 96

Page 108: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 97

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Rear (if equipped)You can open the rear ashtray bypulling it out by its top edge. Toremove the ashtray to empty orclean, push the tab (➀) inside, lift theashtray up slightly and pull it all theway out.

Cup holderWARNING - Ashtray use

• Do not use the vehicle’s ash-trays as waste receptacles.

• Putting lit cigarettes or match-es in an ashtray with othercombustible materials maycause a fire.

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups

of hot liquid in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.If the hot liquid spills, youcould be burned. Such a burnto the driver could cause aloss of control of the vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of suddenstop or collision, do not placeuncovered or insecure bot-tles, glasses, cans, etc., in thecup holder while the vehicle isin motion.

1LDA2154

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 97

Page 109: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

983

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

FrontCups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

Rear (if equipped)To use the cup holders in rear seat,pull the rear cup holder cover (➀)out. Push the cover to close afteruse.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not place heavy cups or cans incup holders. Cup holders could bedamaged.

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (➀) and swing it to the side.To use the vanity mirror, pull downthe visor and pull up the mirror cover(➁).

1LDA2161 1LDN21511LDA2160

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 98

Page 110: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 99

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICEClose the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge and pos-sible sunvisor damage.

Power socket (if equipped)The power outlets are designed toprovide power for mobile telephonesor other devices designed to operatewith vehicle electrical systems. Thedevices should draw less than 10amps with the engine running.

✽✽ NOTICE• Use when the engine is running,

and remove a plug from the poweroutlet after using the electricappliance. Using when the enginestops or remaining the electricappliance with plugged in formany hours may cause the batteryto be discharged.

• Only use the electric applianceswhich are less than 12V and 10Ain electric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operationlevel when you have to use thepower socket while using air-con-ditioner or heater.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can cause

electronic interference whenplugged into a vehicle’s power out-let. These devices may cause exces-sive audio static and malfunctionsin other electronic systems ordevices used in your vehicle.

1LDE2155

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 99

Page 111: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

1003

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Digital clock (if equipped)Whenever the battery terminals,ROOM fuse, or Power Connect aredisconnected, you must reset thetime.When the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position, the clock but-tons operates as follows:

• HOUR:Pressing the “H” button with yourfinger, a pencil or similar object willadvance the time displayed by onehour.

• MINUTE:Pressing the “M” button with yourfinger, a pencil or similar object willadvance the time displayed by oneminute.

• RESET:To clear away minutes, press the“R” button with your finger, a pencilor similar object.Then the clock willbe set precisely on the hour.For example, if the “R” button ispressed while the time is between9:01 and 9:29, the display will bereset to 9:00.9:01 ~ 9:29 ➾ 9:009:30 ~ 9:59 ➾ 10:00

1LDN2150

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 100

Page 112: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

If your vehicle is equipped with thisfeature, you can slide or tilt your sun-roof with the sunroof control buttonslocated on the overhead console.The sunroof can only be opened,closed, or tilted when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position.

✽✽ NOTICE• Do not continue to press the sun-

roof control button(s) after thesunroof is in the fully open, closed,or tilt position(s). Damage to themotor or system componentscould occur.

• The sunroof cannot slide when it isin the tilt position nor can it be tilt-ed while in an open or slide posi-tion.

Sliding the sunroof Autoslide openTo use the autoslide feature,momentarily (less than 0.5 second)press the SLIDE OPEN ( ) buttonon the overhead console. The sun-roof will slide all the way open. Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.Manual slide openPress the SLIDE OPEN ( ) buttonon the overhead console for morethan 0.5 second.CloseTo close the sunroof, press theCLOSE ( ) button on the over-head console and hold it until thesunroof is closed.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

1LDA2022

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 101

Page 113: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

1023

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Tilting the sunroof Autotilt openTo use the autotilt feature, momen-tarily (less than 0.5 second) pressthe TILT UP ( ) button on theoverhead console. The sunroof willtilt all the way open. To stop the sun-roof tilting at any point, press anysunroof control button.Manual tilt openPress the TILT UP ( ) button onthe overhead console for more than0.5 second.CloseTo close the sunroof, press theCLOSE ( ) button on the over-head console and hold it until thesunroof is closed.

Sunshade The sunshade will be opened withthe glass panel automatically whenthe glass panel is slid. You will haveto close it manually if you want itclosed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Do not press any sunroof control

button longer than necessary.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

• Periodically remove any dirt thatmay accumulate on the guide rail.

• If you try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, the glassor the motor could be damaged.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with sunshade. Do notleave the sunshade closed whilethe sunroof is open.

E2BLA361

WARNING• Do not extend face or arms

outside through the sunroofopening while driving.

• Make sure hand and face aresafely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 102

Page 114: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 103

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

In case of an emergency If the sunroof does not open electri-cally:1. Open the sunglass holder.2. Remove the two (2) screws, and

then remove the overhead con-sole.

3. Insert the emergency handle (pro-vided with the vehicle) and turnthe handle clockwise to open orcounterclockwise to close.

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is dis-connected or discharged, or you usethe emergency handle to operate thesunroof, you have to reset your sun-roof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to the ONposition.

2. According to the position of thesunroof, do as follows.1) in case that the sunroof has

closed completely or been tilt-ed : Press the TILT UP ( ) but-ton for 1 second.

2) in case that the sunroof hasslide-opened : Press and hold the CLOSE ( ) button for more than 5seconds until the sunroof hasclosed completely. And thenpress the TILT UP ( ) but-ton for 1 second

3. Then, release it.4. Press and hold the TILT UP ( )

button once again until the sun-roof has returned to the originalposition of TILT UP ( ) after it israised a little higher than the max-imum TILT UP ( ) position.

When this is complete, the sunroofsystem is reset.

1LDN3201

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 103

Page 115: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

1043

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

To keep items from shifting in thetrunk, you can use the four ringslocated in the trunk to attach thecargo net.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not put fragile, bulky or exces-sive quantity of items into luggagenet. They could be damaged.

LUGGAGE NET (IF EQUIPPED)

MMSA3066

WARNINGAvoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch. ALWAYS keep face andbody out of recoil path.DO NOT use when strap has vis-ible signs of wear or damage.

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 104

Page 116: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

3 105

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Knowing your vehicle

Fixed rod antenna (if equipped)Your car uses a fixed rod antenna toreceive both AM and FM broadcastsignals.This antenna is removable. Toremove the antenna, turn it counter-clockwise.To install the antenna, turnit clockwise.

Roof type antenna (if equipped)If your vehicle has an audio system,an amplifying antenna is installed inyour vehicle.This antenna can be adjusted up anddown or removed from the vehiclewhen you wash your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to remove the antenna

before washing the car in an auto-matic car wash or it may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your antenna,it is important that it is fully tight-ened to ensure proper reception.

ANTENNA

E2MS103019 1LDN3001A

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 105

Page 117: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Knowing your vehicle

1063

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Glass antenna (if equipped)When the radio power switch isturned on while the ignition key is ineither the “ON” or “ACC” position,your car will receive both AM and FMbroadcast signals through the anten-na in the rear window glass.

✽✽ NOTICE• Do not clean the inside of the rear

window glass with a cleaner or usea scraper to remove the foreigndeposits as this may cause damageto the antenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatingsuch as Ni, Cd, and so on. Thesecan disturb receiving AM and FMbroadcast signals.

MMSA3076

LD CAN (ENG) 3-84~.qxd 7/29/05 10:15 AM Page 106

Page 118: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Ignition switch / 4-2Starting the engine / 4-4Manual transaxle / 4-5Automatic transaxle / 4-6Brake system / 4-12Steering wheel / 4-19Cruise control / 4-22

Traction control system / 4-27Instrument cluster / 4-30Gauges / 4-31Warnings and indicators / 4-33Lighting / 4-40Wipers and washers / 4-44Defroster / 4-47Hazard warning flasher / 4-48Manual climate control system / 4-49Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-58Theft-alarm system / 4-60

Driving your vehicle

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 1

Page 119: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

24

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Illuminated ignition switchWhenever a door is opened, the igni-tion switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignitionswitch is not in the ON position. Thelight will go off approximately 10 sec-onds after closing the door or whenthe ignition switch is turned on.

Ignition switch and anti-theftsteering column lock Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch tothe LOCK position, push the keyinward at the ACC position and turnthe key toward the LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked andelectrical accessories are operative.

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This isthe normal running position after theengine is started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON ifthe engine is not running to preventbattery discharge.

STARTTurn the ignition key to the STARTposition to start the engine. Theengine will crank until you releasethe key; then it returns to the ONposition. The brake warning lampcan be checked in this position.If difficulty is experienced in turningthe ignition key to the START posi-tion, turn the steering wheel rightand left to release the tension andthen turn the key.

IGNITION SWITCH

1LDA3012 1GHA3201A

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 2

Page 120: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Automatic transaxleWhen turning the ignition switch tothe LOCK position, the shift levermust be in the P (Park) position.

WARNING - Ignition key• Never turn the ignition switch

to LOCK or ACC while thevehicle is moving. This wouldresult in loss of directionalcontrol and braking function,which could cause an immedi-ate accident.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock is not a substitute for theparking brake. Before leavingthe driver’s seat, always makesure the shift lever is engagedin 1st gear for manualtransaxle or P (Park) for auto-matic transaxle, set the park-ing brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movementmay occur if these precau-tions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ignition

switch, or any other controlsthrough the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is in motion.The presence of your hand orarm in this area could cause aloss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodilyinjury or death.

• Do not place any movableobjects around the driver’sseat as they may move whiledriving, interfere with the driv-er and lead to an accident.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 3

Page 121: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

44

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep theclutch pedal depressed while turn-ing the ignition switch to the startposition. The starter will not oper-ate if the clutch pedal is not fullydepressed.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the enginewhen the shift lever is in the N(Neutral) position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to STARTand hold it there until the enginestarts (a maximum of 10 seconds),then release the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehiclehas not been operated for severaldays, let the engine warm up with-out depressing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm,it should be started withoutdepressing the accelerator.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Excessive or improper use of thestarter may damage it.

The starter will not operate if:• Automatic Transaxle - the shift

lever is NOT in P (Park) or N(Neutral).

• Manual Transaxle - the clutchpedal is not fully depressed.

STARTING THE ENGINE

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you arein motion, do not attempt tomove the shift lever to the P(Park) position. If traffic androad conditions permit, you mayput the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and turnthe ignition switch to the STARTposition in an attempt to restartthe engine.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 4

Page 122: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has five for-ward gears.Press the clutch pedal down fullywhile shifting, then release it slowly.A special safety feature preventsinadvertent shifting from 5 (Fifth) toR (Reverse).The gearshift lever mustbe returned to the neutral positionbefore shifting into R (Reverse).Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R(Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

✽✽ NOTICETo avoid premature clutch wear anddamage, do not drive with your footresting on the clutch pedal. Also,don’t use the clutch to hold the vehi-cle stopped on an upgrade, whilewaiting for a traffic light, etc.

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavytraffic or while driving up steep hills,downshift before the engine starts to“labor’’. Downshifting reduces thechance of stalling and gives betteracceleration when you again need toincrease your speed. When the vehi-cle is traveling down steep hills,downshifting helps maintain safespeed and prolongs brake life.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

1

24 R

3 SN

1 3 5

R42

MMSA4002

WARNING - Manualtransaxle

Before leaving the driver’s seat,always set the parking brakefully and shut the engine off.Then make sure the transaxle isshifted into 1st gear when thevehicle is parked on a level oruphill grade, and shift into R(Reverse) on a downhill grade.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur if theseprecautions are not followed inthe order identified.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 5

Page 123: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

64

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

2LDN3019

The lock release button must be depressed while moving the shift lever.

Depress the brake pedal and push the button when shifting.

The shift lever can be moved without depressing the lock release button.

Lock release button Prevents shift lever movementwithout first depressing the button.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 6

Page 124: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Automatic transaxle operationAll normal forward driving is donewith the shift lever in the D (Drive)position.To move the shift lever from the P(Park) position, the brake pedal mustbe depressed and the lock releasebutton must be depressed.

For smooth operation, depress thebrake pedal when shifting from N(Neutral) to a forward or reversegear.

✽✽ NOTICE• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an upgrade, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the servicebrake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (PARK) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the orderidentified.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 7

Page 125: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

84

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Transaxle rangesP (park)This position locks the transaxle andprevents the front wheels from rotat-ing. Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into this position.

✽✽ NOTICEThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

(Continued)• Before leaving the driver’s

seat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (PARK)position. Set the parkingbrake fully, shut the engine offand take the key with you.Unexpected and sudden vehi-cle movement can occur if youdo not follow these precau-tions in the order specified.

• Never leave a child unattend-ed in a vehicle.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will causethe drive wheels to lock whichwill cause you to lose controlof the vehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) posi-tion in place of the parkingbrake. Always make sure theshift lever is latched in the P(Park) position so that it can-not be moved unless the lockrelease button is pushed in,AND set the parking brakefully.

(Continued)

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 8

Page 126: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

R (reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R whilethe vehicle is in motion, except asexplained in “Rocking the Vehicle”,in this manual.

N (neutral)With the gearshift in the N position,the wheels and transaxle are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freelyeven on the slightest incline unlessthe parking brake or service brakesare applied.

D (drive)This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transaxle will automati-cally shift through a 4-gearsequence, providing the best fueleconomy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or climbing grades,depress the accelerator fully, atwhich time the transaxle will auto-matically downshift to the next lowergear.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 9

Page 127: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

104

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3 (Third Gear)Move the shift lever to this positionfor towing a trailer during hill climb-ing.This position also provides enginebraking when going down hills.

2 (Second Gear)Use 2 (Second Gear) for more powerwhen climbing hills and for increasedbraking when going down hills. Thisposition also helps reduce wheelspin on slippery surfaces. When theshift lever is placed in 2 (SecondGear), the transaxle will automatical-ly shift from first to second gear.

L (Low)Move the shift lever to this position inhard pulling situations and for climb-ing steep grades.

CAUTIONDo not exceed the recommend-ed maximum speeds in 2(Second Gear) or L (Low).Operating the vehicle at speedsabove the maximum recom-mended, for 2 (Second Gear) orL (Low) may cause excessiveheat to develop which couldresult in damage to or failure ofthe automatic transaxle.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 10

Page 128: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 11

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Moving up a steep grade froma standing startTo move up a steep grade from astanding start, depress the brakepedal, shift the shift lever to D(Drive). Select the appropriate geardepending on load weight and steep-ness of the grade, and release theparking brake. Depress the accelera-tor gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

Shift lock systemFor your safety, the AutomaticTransaxle has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transaxleout of P (Park) unless the brakepedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle out of P (Park):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

to the ON position.3. Depress the lock release button

and move the shift lever.When the ignition switch is in theLOCK position, the transaxle cannotbe shifted from P (Park).If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with theshift lever in the P (Park) position, achattering sound near the shift levermay be heard. This is a normal con-dition.

Ignition key interlock systemThe ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P(Park) position. If the ignition switchis in any other position, the key can-not be removed.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 11

Page 129: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

124

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of astalled engine or some other reason,you can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than you normally would. Thestopping distance, however, will belonger.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilethe vehicle is in motion, you canmake an emergency stop with theparking brake. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be much greaterthan normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brakewhile the vehicle is moving atnormal speeds can cause a sud-den loss of control of the vehi-cle. If you must use the parkingbrake to stop the vehicle, usegreat caution in applying thebrake.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal.This will create abnormal highbrake temperatures, exces-sive brake lining and padwear, and increased stoppingdistances.

• When descending a long orsteep hill, shift to a lower gearand avoid continuous applica-tion of the brakes. Continuousbrake application will causethe brakes to overheat andcould result in a temporaryloss of braking performance.

(Continued)

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 12

Page 130: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 13

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn andit's time for new pads, you will hear ahigh-pitched warning sound fromyour front brakes or rear brakes (ifequipped). You may hear this soundcome and go or it may occur when-ever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some drivingconditions or climates may cause abrake squeal when you first apply (orlightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-mal and does not indicate a problemwith your brakes.

✽✽ NOTICETo avoid costly brake repairs, do notcontinue to drive with worn brakepads.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs serv-ice. If you ignore this audiblewarning, you will eventually losebraking performance, whichcould lead to a serious accident.

CAUTIONAlways replace brake pads ascomplete front or rear axle sets.

(Continued)• Wet brakes may result in the

vehicle not slowing down atthe usual rate and pulling toone side when the brakes areapplied. Applying the brakeslightly will indicate whetherthey have been affected in thisway. Always test your brakesin this fashion after drivingthrough deep water. To dry thebrakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe for-ward speed until brake per-formance returns to normal.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 13

Page 131: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

144

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Parking brake To apply the parking brake, pull theparking brake handle fully and firmlyupward while applying the servicebrake.

To release the parking brake, pull thehandle up slightly and push therelease button, then lower the handleto the released position while holdingthe button in.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessivebrake pad and brake rotor wear.

1LDA5029A 1LDA3021

WARNING - Parking brake• To prevent unintentional

movement when stopped andleaving the vehicle, do not usethe gearshift lever in place ofthe parking brake. Set theparking brake AND make surethe gearshift lever is securelypositioned in 1st (First) gearor R (Reverse) for manualtransaxle equipped vehiclesand in P (Park) for automatictransaxle equipped vehicles.

• Never allow a person who isunfamiliar with the vehicle orchildren to touch the parkingbrake. If the parking brake isreleased unintentionally, seri-ous injury may occur.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 14

Page 132: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 15

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Check the brake warning light byturning the ignition switch ON (do notstart the engine). This light will beilluminated when the parking brake isapplied with the ignition switch in theSTART or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the brakewarning light is off.

If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is released,there may be a malfunction in thebrake system. Immediate attention isnecessary.If at all possible, cease driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location or repairshop.

Parking on curbed streets • When parking your vehicle on an

uphill grade, park as close to thecurb as possible and turn the frontwheels away from the curb so thatthe front wheels will contact thecurb if the vehicle moves back-ward.

• When parking your vehicle on adownhill grade, park as close to thecurb as possible and turn the frontwheels toward the curb so that thefront wheels will contact the curb ifthe vehicle moves forward.

W-75

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 15

Page 133: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

164

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)(if equipped)

The ABS system continuously sens-es the speed of the wheels. If thewheels are going to lock, the ABSsystem repeatedly modulates thehydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ABS system is active.In order to obtain the maximum ben-efit from your ABS system in anemergency situation, do not attemptto modulate your brake pressure anddo not try to pump your brakes.Press your brake pedal as hard aspossible or as hard as the situationwarrants and allow the ABS systemto control the force being delivered tothe brakes.

WARNING - ABS BrakesYour ABS is not a substitute forgood driving judgement. Youcan still have an accident. Infact, your ABS system will prob-ably not be able to prevent anaccident in the following drivingconditions:• Dangerous driving, such as

neglecting safety precautions,speeding, or driving too closeto the vehicle in front of you.

• Driving at high speed in situa-tions providing considerablyless traction, such as wet con-ditions where hydroplaningcould occur.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Driving too fast on poor road

surfaces. The ABS isdesigned to improve maxi-mum braking effectiveness ontypical highways and roads ingood condition. On poor roadsurfaces in poor condition,the ABS may actually reducebraking effectiveness.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 16

Page 134: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 17

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-tem, your vehicle still requires suf-ficient stopping distance. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannotprevent accidents resulting fromexcessive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brakesystem may result in a longer stop-ping distance than for vehiclesequipped with a conventionalbrake system.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS system. In this case,however, your regular brakes willwork normally.

• The ABS warning light will stayon for approximately 3 secondsafter the ignition switch is ON.During that time, the ABS will gothrough self-diagnosis and thelight will go off if everything isnormal. If the light stays on, youmay have a problem with yourABS system. Contact an author-ized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICE• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and stop theengine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal. Otherwise,you may have a problem with theABS. Contact an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

ABS

W-78

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 17

Page 135: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

184

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, theengine may not run as smoothly andthe ABS warning light may turn onat the same time. This happensbecause of the low battery voltage. Itdoes not mean your ABS is malfunc-tioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 18

Page 136: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 19

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Power steeringPower steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering thevehicle. If the engine is off or if thepower steering system becomesinoperative, the vehicle may still besteered, but it will require increasedsteering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the powersteering checked by an AuthorizedKia Dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Never hold the steering wheel

against a stop (extreme right orleft turn) for more than 5 secondswith the engine running. Holdingthe steering wheel for more than 5seconds in either position maycause damage to the power steer-ing pump.

• If the power steering drive beltbreaks or if the power steeringpump malfunctions, the steeringeffort will greatly increase.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather(below -10 °C/14 °F), the powersteering may require increasedeffort when the engine is first start-ed. This is caused by increased fluidviscosity due to the cold weather anddoes not indicate a malfunction.When this happens, increase theengine RPM by depressing accelera-tor until the RPM reaches 1,500 rpmthen release or let the engine idle fortwo or three minutes to warm up thefluid.

STEERING WHEEL

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 19

Page 137: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

204

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Tilt steering (if equipped)A tilt steering wheel allows you toadjust the steering wheel before youdrive.You can also raise it to thehighest level to give your legs moreroom when you exit and enter thevehicle.

The steering wheel should be posi-tioned so that it is comfortable foryou to drive, while permitting you tosee the instrument panel warninglights and gauges. To change the steering wheel angle,

pull down (➀) the lock release lever,adjust the steering wheel to thedesired angle (➁), then pull up thelock-release lever to lock the steeringwheel in place.Be sure to adjust the steering wheelto the desired position before driving.

WARNING • Never adjust the angle of

steering wheel while driving.You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe per-sonal injury or accidents.

• After adjusting, push thesteering wheel both up anddown to be certain it is lockedin position.

1LDN2076A

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:16 AM Page 20

Page 138: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 21

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

HornTo sound the horn, press the hornsymbol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

CAUTION• To sound the horn, press the

area indicated by the hornsymbol on your steeringwheel (see illustration). Thehorn will operate only whenthis area is pressed.

• Do not strike the horn severelyto operate it, or hit it with yourfist. Do not press on the hornwith a sharp-pointed object.1LDN2077

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 21

Page 139: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

224

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

The cruise control system allows youto program the vehicle to maintain aconstant speed without resting yourfoot on the accelerator pedal.With cruise control, you can set andautomatically maintain any speed ofbetween 40 km/h (24 mph) and 163 km/h (102 mph).

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the CRUISE ON/OFF button

on the steering wheel, to turn thesystem on. The CRUISE indicatorlight in the instrument cluster willilluminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,which must be more than 40 km/h(24 mph) and less than 163 km/h(102 mph).

CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Cruise control

Do not use the cruise controlfeature under the following con-ditions:• Heavy or unsteady traffic• Slippery or winding roads• Situations that involve varying

speeds

WARNINGIf the cruise control is left on,(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when cruise control is not inuse.

1LDN4024

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 22

Page 140: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 23

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

3. Push down the SET/COAST switch,and release it at the speed youwant.The “SET” indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.Release the accelerator at thesame time. The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

The SET function cannot be activateduntil approximately 2 seconds after theCRUISE ON-OFF button has beenengaged.On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down while goingdownhill.

To cancel cruise control, doone of the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with a manu-

al transaxle or shift into N (Neutral)with an automatic transaxle.

• Pull the CANCEL switch.Each of these actions will cancelcruise control operation (the “SET”indicator light in the instrument clus-ter will go OFF), but it will not turn thesystem off. If you wish to resumecruise control operation, push up theRES/ACC switch located on yoursteering wheel.You will return to yourpreviously preset speed.

1LDN4025 1LDN4025A

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 23

Page 141: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

244

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

To turn cruise control off, doone of the following:• Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button

(the CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go OFF).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruisecontrol operation. If you want toresume cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To SetCruise Control Speed” on the previ-ous page.

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push up the RES/ACC switch and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the switch at the speed youwant.

• Push up the RES/ACC switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase 1.6 km/h (1mph) by one touch and will be mem-orized to the reset speed.

1LDN4026

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 24

Page 142: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 25

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate withthe cruise control onIf you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith cruise control operation orchange the set speed.To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator.

To decrease the cruisingspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push down the SET/COAST switch

and hold it. Your vehicle will gradu-ally slow down. Release the switchat the speed you want to maintain.

• Push down the SET/COAST switchand release it immediately. Thecruising speed will decrease 1.6km/h (1 mph) by one touch and willbe memorized to the reset speed.

1LDN4025

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 25

Page 143: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

264

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

To resume cruising speed atmore than 40 km/h (24 mph):If any method other than theCRUISE ON-OFF switch was usedto cancel cruising speed and the sys-tem is still activated, the most recentset speed will automatically resumewhen the RES/ACC switch is pushedup.

It will not resume, however, if thevehicle speed has dropped below40km/h (24 mph).

1LDN4026

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 26

Page 144: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 27

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

The Traction Control System (TCS)helps the vehicle accelerate on slip-pery road surfaces by preventing thedrive wheels from spinning exces-sively. It also provides improved driv-ing force and steering.

TCS operationTCS ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, TCS and TCS OFFindicator light illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then TCS is turned on.

• Press the TCS button toturn TCS off. (TCS OFFindicator will illuminate). Toturn the TCS on, press theTCS button (TCS OFFindicator light will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tick-ing sound. This is the TCSperforming an automaticsystem self-check and doesnot indicate a problem.

When operatingWhen the TCS is in opera-tion, TCS indicator lightblinks.• When the traction control

system is operating prop-erly, you can feel a slightpulsation in the vehicle.This is only the effect ofbrake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of mudor driving on a slipperyroad, pressing the accel-erator pedal may notcause the engine rpm(revolutions per minute) toincrease.

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1LDN2117B

- TCS

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 27

Page 145: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

284

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

TCS operation offTCS OFF state

• To cancel TCS operation,press the TCS button(TCS OFF indicator lightilluminates).

• If the ignition switch isturned to LOCK positionwhen TCS is off, TCSremains off. Upon restart-ing the engine, the TCS willautomatically turn onagain.

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON,the indicator light illuminates, thengoes off if TCS system is operatingnormally.The TCS indicator light blinks when-ever TCS is operating.TCS OFF indicator light comes onwhen either the TCS is turned offwith the button, or TCS fails to oper-ate when turned on.

TCSOFF

TCS

TCSOFF

� TCS indicator light (blinks)

� TCS OFF indicator light (comes on)

WARNINGThe Traction Control System isonly a driving aid; use precau-tions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate wheneverthe TCS indicator light is blink-ing, or when the road surface isslippery.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 28

Page 146: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 29

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

TCS OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the TCS

turned on for daily driving whenev-er possible.

• To turn TCS off while driving, pressthe TCS button while driving on aflat road surface.

Never press TCS button while TCS isoperating (TCS indicator light blinks).If TCS is turned off while TCS isoperating, the vehicle may slip out ofcontrol.

✽✽ NOTICE• When measuring the vehicle speed

with a Chassis dynamometer,make sure the TCS is turned off(TCS OFF light illuminated). Ifthe TCS is left on, it may preventthe vehicle speed from increasing,and cause a false diagnosis of afaulty speedometer.

• Turning the TCS off does notaffect ABS or brake system opera-tion.

WARNINGNever press the TCS buttonwhile TCS is operating.If the TCS is turned off whileTCS is operating, the vehiclemay slip out of control.To turn TCS off while driving,press the TCS button while driv-ing on a flat road surface.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 29

Page 147: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

304

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Turn signal indicators

3. Speedometer

4. Engine temperature gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Odometer / Tripmeter

7. Tripmeter mode/reset button

8. Shift position indicator (Automatic Transaxle only)

9. Fuel gauge

1LDC2090

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 30

Page 148: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 31

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the for-ward speed of the vehicle.

Odometer/TripmeterYou can choose the odometer, trip-meter A and tripmeter B by pressingthe tripmeter mode button.

OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.

TripmeterTRIP A: Tripmeter ATRIP B: Tripmeter BThe tripmeter indicates the distanceof individual trips selected by thedriver. Tripmeter A and B can bereset to 0 by pressing the reset but-ton for 1 second or more, and thenreleasing.

Tachometer The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.The tachometer pointer may moveslightly when the ignition switch is inACC or ON position with the engineOFF. This movement is normal andwill not affect the accuracy of thetachometer once the engine is run-ning.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not operate the engine within thetachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.

GAUGES

1LDC2090

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 31

Page 149: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

324

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperatureof the engine coolant when the igni-tion switch is ON.Do not continue driving with an over-heated engine. If your vehicle over-heats, refer to “Overheating” in theIndex.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approx-imate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank.Fuel tank capacity - 55 litres.The fuel gauge is supplemented by alow fuel warning light, which will illu-minate when the fuel level hasdropped to about 8.5 liters.

Instrument panel illumination(if equipped)When the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, rotate the illumina-tion control knob to adjust the instru-ment panel illumination intensity.

1LDN2117C

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 32

Page 150: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 33

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Warning lights / audible indi-cators Checking operation All warning lights are checked byturning the ignition switch ON (do notstart the engine). Any light that doesnot illuminate should be checked byan Authorized Kia Dealer.After starting the engine, check tomake sure that all warning lights areoff. If any are still on, this indicates asituation that needs attention. Whenreleasing the parking brake, thebrake system warning light should gooff. The fuel warning light will stay onif the fuel level is low.

Anti-lock brake sys-tem (ABS) warninglight (if equipped) This light illuminates if the key isturned to ON and goes off in approx-imately 3 seconds if the system isoperating normally.If the light stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS system.Contact an authorized Kia dealer assoon as possible.

Electronic brake forcedistribution (EBD)system warning light (if equipped)If two warning lights illumi-nate at the same timewhile driving, your vehiclehas a problem with ABSand EBD system.

In this case, your ABS system andregular brake system may not worknormally. Have the vehicle checkedby an Authorized Kia Dealer as soonas possible.

WARNINGS AND INDICATORS

ABS

ABS

WARNINGIf the both ABS and Brake warn-ing lights are ON and stay ON,your vehicle’s brake system willnot work normally. So you mayexperience an unexpected anddangerous situation during sud-den braking. In this case, avoidhigh speed driving and abruptbraking. Have your vehiclechecked by Authorized KiaDealer as soon as possible.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 33

Page 151: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

344

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Engine oil pressurewarning

This warning light indicates theengine oil pressure is low.If the warning light illuminates whiledriving:1. Drive safely to the side of the road

and stop.2. With the engine off, check the

engine oil level. If the level is low,add oil as required.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, callan Authorized Kia Dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine is not stopped immedi-ately, severe damage could result.

Charging system warning

This warning light indicates a mal-function of either the generator orelectrical charging system.If the warning light comes on whilethe vehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the gen-

erator drive belt for looseness orbreakage.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, aproblem exists somewhere in theelectrical charging system. Havean Authorized Kia Dealer correctthe problem as soon as possible.

Safety belt warning

Type AIf the driver’s lap/shoulder belt is notfastened when the key is turned ONor if it is unfastened after the key isON, the safety belt warning lightblinks until the belt is fastened.If the system does not operate asdescribed, see an Authorized KiaDealer for assistance.

Type BAs a reminder to the driver and pas-senger, safety belt warning light willblink for approximately 6 secondseach time you turn the ignition switchON.If the driver's lap/shoulder belt is notfastened when the key is turned ONor if it is disconnected after the key isturned ON, the safety belt warninglight will blink for approximately 6seconds.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 34

Page 152: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 35

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

If the driver’s lap/shoulder belt is notfastened within 30 seconds after theengine is started, the safety beltwarning light will blink for 6 seconds.This cycle will repeat 11 times withan interval of 24 seconds betweencycles.If the system does not operate asdescribed, see an authorized Kiadealer for assistance.

Rear window defrosterindicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the reardefroster switch is depressed toremove the frost on the rear glass.Press the switch again to shut off thedefroster when the frost is removed.The rear window defroster will auto-matically turn off after 20 minutes.It will also turn off whenever youremove the ignition key.

Shift pattern indicators(if equipped)

The individual indicators illuminate toshow the automatic transaxle shiftlever selection.

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

This light illuminates when the immo-bilizer key is inserted and turned tothe ON position to start the engine.If this light turns off or blinks whenthe ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion before starting the engine, havethe system checked by an authorizedKia Dealer.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 35

Page 153: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

364

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Parking brake & brakefluid warning Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when theparking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON posi-tion. The warning light should go offwhen the parking brake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level inthe reservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check

the brake fluid level immediatelyand add fluid as required. Thencheck all brake components forfluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaksare found, the warning lightremains on or the brakes do notoperate properly. Have it towed toany Authorized Kia Dealer for abrake system inspection and nec-essary repairs.

To check bulb operation, checkwhether the parking brake and brakefluid warning light illuminates whenthe ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

WARNINGDriving the vehicle with a warn-ing light on is dangerous. If thebrake warning light remains on,have the brakes checked andrepaired immediately by anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 36

Page 154: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 37

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Trunk lid openwarning

This warning light activates when thetrunk is not closed securely.

Low fuel level warning

This warning light indicates the fueltank is nearly empty. The warninglight will come on when the fuel levelhas dropped to about 8.5 liters.Refuel as soon as possible.

Door ajar warning

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with theignition in any position.

Headlight high beamindicator

This indicator illuminates when theheadlights are on and in the highbeam position or when the turn sig-nal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Front fog light indica-tor (if equipped)

This light comes on when the frontfog lights are ON.

Malfunction indicator (if equipped)

This indicator light is part of theEngine Control System which moni-tors various emission control systemcomponents. If this light illuminateswhile driving, it indicates that apotential problem has been detectedsomewhere in the emission controlsystem.Generally, your vehicle will continueto be drivable and will not need tow-ing, but have the system checked byan Authorized Kia Dealer as soon aspossible.

✽✽ NOTICEA loose fuel filler cap may cause theOn Board Diagnostic SystemMalfunction Indicator Light ( ) inthe instrument panel to illuminateunnecessarily. Always make surethat the fuel filler cap is tight.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 37

Page 155: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

384

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Air bag warning (if equipped)

This warning light will blink or illumi-nate for approximately 6 secondseach time you turn the ignition switchto the ON position.If this indicator does not go out, or ifit illuminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, see an Authorized KiaDealer for immediate service.

Auto cruise indicator(if equipped)CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates whenthe cruise control system is enabled.

SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates whenthe cruise function switch(SET/COAST or RES/ACC) is ON.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light ( ) illuminated may causedamage to the emission con-trol systems which couldeffect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light( ) begins to flash ON andOFF, potential catalytic con-verter damage is possiblewhich could result in loss ofengine power. Have the EngineControl System inspected assoon as possible by anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

CRUISE

SET

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 38

Page 156: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 39

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

TCS indicator (Traction ControlSystem) (if equipped) The TCS indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turnedON, but should go off after approxi-mately 3 seconds. When the TCS ison, it monitors the driving conditionsand under normal driving conditions,the TCS light will remain off. When aslippery or low traction condition isencountered, the TCS will operate,and the TCS indicator will blink toindicate the TCS is operating.

TCS OFF indicator(if equipped)

The TCS OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately3 seconds. To switch to TCS OFFmode, press the TCS button.The TCSOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe TCS is deactivated. If this indica-tor stays on in the TCS ON mode, theTCS may have a malfunction. Takeyour car to the authorized Kia dealerand have the system checked.

Safety belt warning chime Type AIf the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition key is turned “ON”or if it is disconnected after the key isON, the safety belt warning chimewill sound for approximately 6 sec-onds.

Type BIf the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition key is turned “ON”or if it is disconnected after the key isturn ON, the safety belt warningchime will sound for approximately 6seconds.If the driver’s lap/shoulder belt is notfastened within 30 seconds after theengine is started, the safety beltwarning chime will sound for 6 sec-onds. This cycle will repeat 11 timeswith an interval of 24 secondsbetween cycles.

Door ajar warning chime (if equipped)If a door is opened with the ignitionswitch ON, the warning chime willsound.

Key reminder warning chimeIf the driver’s door is opened and theignition key is left in with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK or ACC position,the key reminder warning chime willsound. This is to prevent you fromlocking your keys in the vehicle.

TCS

TCSOFF

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 39

Page 157: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

404

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to

prevent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the small light when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver- side door.

• With this feature, the parklight willbe turned off automatically if thedriver parks on the side of road atnight.

If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed,perform the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parklights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight anda Parklight position.To operate the lights, turn the knob atthe end of the control lever to one ofthe following positions:➀ OFF position➁ Parklight position➂ Headlight position

Parklight position ( )When the light switch is in the park-light position (1st position), the tail,position, license and instrumentpanel lights are ON.

LIGHTING

1LDC21021LDC2101

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 40

Page 158: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 41

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the head-light position (2nd position) the head,tail, position, license and instrumentpanel lights are ON.

High - beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull itback for low beams.The high-beam indicator will lightwhen the headlight high beams areswitched on.To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the lightson for a prolonged time while theengine is not running.

Flashing headlights To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the nor-mal (low-beam) position whenreleased. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on to use this flashingfeature.

1LDC2103 1LDC21051LDC2106

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 41

Page 159: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

424

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Turn signals ( )The ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn onthe turn signals, move the lever up ordown. Green arrow indicators on theinstrument panel indicate which turnsignal is operating. They will self-cancel after a turn is completed. Ifthe indicator continues to flash aftera turn, manually return the lever tothe OFF position.

Lane change signals ( )To signal a lane change, move theturn signal lever slightly and hold it inposition. The lever will return to theOFF position when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, oneof the turn signal bulbs may beburned out and will require replace-ment.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormallyquick or slow, bulb may be burnedout or have a poor electrical con-nection in the circuit.

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provideimproved visibility and avoid acci-dents when visibility is poor due tofog, rain or snow etc. The fog lightswill turn on when fog light switch (➀)is turned to ON (➁) after the head-light switch is turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn theswitch to OFF.

1LDN2107

A

1LDC2115

B

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 42

Page 160: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 43

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICEWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor orunnecessary battery and generatordrain could occur.

Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) canmake it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day.DRL can be helpful in many differentdriving conditions, and it is especial-ly helpful after dawn and before sun-set.The DRL system will make yourheadlights turn OFF when:1. The head light switch is ON.2. The parking brake engaged.3. Engine stops.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 43

Page 161: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

444

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the igni-tion switch is turned ON.OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently

at the same wiping intervals.Use this mode in a light rain ormist. To vary the speed set-ting, turn the speed controlknob(➀). (S : slow operation,F: fast operation)

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

: For a single wiping cycle, pushthe lever forward and release itwith the lever in the OFF posi-tion. The wipers will operatecontinuously if the lever ispushed upward and held.

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation ofsnow or ice on the windshield,defrost the windshield for about 10minutes, or until the snow and/or iceis removed before using the wind-shield wipers to ensure proper oper-ation.

WIPERS AND WASHERS

1LDN2108D

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 44

Page 162: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 45

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Variable intermittent wipersSet the lever to the INT position andchoose the desired wiper interval byturning the ring(➀).

One - touch wiper For a single wiping cycle, push thelever upward and release it with thelever in the OFF position.The wipers will operate continuouslyif the lever is pushed upward andheld.

✽✽ NOTICE• To prevent possible damage to the

wipers or windshield, do not oper-ate the wipers when the wind-shield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

1LDN2108B 1LDN2108C

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 45

Page 163: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

464

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the levergently toward you to spray washerfluid on the windshield and to run thewipers 2-3 cycles.Use this function when the wind-shield is dirty.The spray and wiper operation willcontinue until you release the lever.

If the washer does not work, checkthe washer fluid level. If the fluid levelis not sufficient, you will need to addappropriate non-abrasive windshieldwasher fluid to the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located inthe front of the engine compartmenton the passenger side.

✽✽ NOTICETo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

1LDA2110

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freez-ing temperatures without 1stwarming the windshield with thedefrosters; the washer solutioncould freeze on contact with thewindshield and obscure yourvision.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 46

Page 164: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 47

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe interior and exterior of the rearwindow, while engine is running.

✽✽ NOTICE• To prevent damage to the conduc-

tors bonded to the inside surfaceof the rear window, never usesharp instruments or windowcleaners containing abrasives toclean the window.

• To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, operate the defrosteronly while the engine is running.

• If you want to defrost and defogon the front windshield, refer to“Windshield Defrosting andDefogging” in this section.

To activate the rear windowdefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the centerconsole switch panel. The indicatorin the instrument cluster illuminateswhen the defroster is ON.If your vehicle is equipped with theoutside mirror defroster, it will beoperating at the same time when youoperate the rear window defroster.If there is heavy accumulation ofsnow on the rear window, brush it offbefore operating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automati-cally turns off after 20 minutes orwhen the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press therear window defroster button again.

DEFROSTER

1LDN2116A

1LDN2116

4 Door

5 Door

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 47

Page 165: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

484

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

The hazard warning flasher causesthe rear tail lights and front turn sig-nal lights to flash on and off, whichserves as a warning to other driversto exercise caution when approach-ing or passing your vehicle.To activate the flasher, depress thehazard warning flasher switch. Thisswitch operates in any ignition switchposition.To turn the flashers off, depress theswitch again.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

1LDN2100

1LDN3206A

4 Door

5 Door

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 48

Page 166: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 49

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1LDN2120A

1. Fan speed control knob

2. Mode selection knob

3. Temperature control knob

4. Air intake control button

5. Air conditioning button (if equipped)

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 49

Page 167: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

504

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Fan speed control knob Four (4) adjustable fan speeds areprovided which increase as the num-ber increases. The ignition switchmust be in the ON position for fanoperation.Setting the mode to the OFF positionturns off the fan.1 - Low speed2 - Medium speed3 - High speed4 - Maximum speed

Temperature control knobThe temperature control knob allowsyou to control the temperature of theair flowing from the ventilation sys-tem.To change the air temperature inthe passenger compartment turn theknob to the right for warm and hot airor left for cooler air.

Mode selection knob The mode selection knob controlsthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system.

1LDN2126A 1LDN2124A 1LDN2127B

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 50

Page 168: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 51

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

MAX/ A/C position When you select the MAXA/C mode while the fanspeed is on, the follwingsystem settings will bemade automatically;• the air conditioning sys-

tem will be turned on.• the recirculated air posi-

tion will be selected.• the face mode will be

selected.If you select MAX A/Cmode, you will not be ableto cancel the A/C systemoperation, or change therecirculated air mode posi-tion.Set the fan speed controlknob to the desired speedand rotate the tempera-ture control knob to theextreme left position formaximum cooling.(outlet port: , )

1LDC2121

B F

MAXA/C

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 51

Page 169: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

524

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Face position Air flow is directed towardthe upper body and face.Additionally, each outletcan be controlled to directthe air discharged fromthe outlet.(outlet port: , )

Face - floor position Air flow is directedtowards the face and thefloor. The air to the floor iswarmer than the air to theface (except when thetemperature control is setto the extreme cold posi-tion).(outlet port: , , , )

OFF position The climate control sys-tem is turned off.

Floor position Most of the air flow isdirected to the floor, with asmall amount of the airbeing directed to the wind-shield and side windowdefroster. (outlet port: ,

, , , )Floor - defrost position

Most of the air flow isdirected to the floor andthe windshield with asmall amount directed tothe side windowdefrosters. (outlet port: ,

, , , )Defrost position

Most of the air flow isdirected to the windshieldwith a small amount of airdirected to the side win-dow defrosters.(outlet port: , , )

Instrument panel ventsIf air flow control is not satisfactory,check the instrument panel vents.The outlet port ( , ) can be openedor closed separately using the verti-cal thumbwheel. To close the vent,rotate it upward to the maximumposition. To open the vent, rotate itdownward.Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingvertical or horizontal thumbwheelsas shown.

B

B C E F

A

C D E FF

OFF

A

C D E F

A D F

1LDN2122A

B F

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 52

Page 170: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 53

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Air intake control button This is used to select outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air posi-tion.To change the air intake control posi-tion, push the control button.

Recirculated air position The indicator light on thebutton is illuminated whenthe recirculated air posi-tion is selected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air frompassenger compartmentwill be drawn through theheating system and heat-ed or cooled according tothe function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on thebutton is not illuminatedwhen the outside (fresh)air position is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

1LDN2125A

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 53

Page 171: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

544

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

✽✽ NOTICEIt should be noted that prolongedoperation of the heating in recircu-lated air position will cause foggingof the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passengercompartment will become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the “recirculatedair position” selected, will result inexcessively dry air in the passengercompartment.

Air conditioning button (if equipped) Push the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate). Push the buttonagain to turn the air conditioning sys-tem off.

WARNING• Continued climate control

system operation in the recir-culated air position may allowhumidity to increase insidevehicle which may fog theglass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle withair conditioning or heatingsystem on. It may cause seri-ous harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued climate controlsystem operation in thereciruclated air position cancause drowsiness or sleepi-ness, and loss of vehicle con-trol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air posi-tion as much as possiblewhile driving.

1LDN2127C

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 54

Page 172: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 55

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If cool air is desired at face level forbi-level operation, set the mode tothe position.

• If the windshield fogs up, set themode to the , position.

Air conditioning (if equipped) All Kia Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which is not damag-ing to the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air con-

ditioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the

outside air or recirculated air posi-tion.

4. Set the temperature control knobto the desired position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

• If warmer air is desired at floorlevel for bi-level operation, set themode to the position andadjust the temperature control tomaintain maximum comfort.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 55

Page 173: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

564

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

• When maximum cooling is desired,set the temperature control to theextreme left position and set the airintake control to the recirculated airposition, then set the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the temperaturegauge closely while driving uphills or in heavy traffic when out-side temperatures are high. Airconditioning system operationmay cause engine overheating.Continue to use the blower fan butturn the air conditioning systemoff if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows inhumid weather air conditioningmay create water droplets insidethe vehicle. Since excessive waterdroplets may cause damage toelectrical equipment, air condi-tioning should only be run withthe windows closed.

Air conditioning system oper-ation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofwindows on rainy humid days,decrease the humidity inside thevehicle by operating the air condi-tioning system.

• During air conditioning systemoperation, you may occasionallynotice a slight change in enginespeed at idle as the air condition-ing compressor cycles on. This isa normal system operation charac-teristics.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month if only for a few min-utes to ensure maximum systemperformance.

• When using the air conditioningsystem, you may notice clear waterdripping (or even pudding) on theground under the passenger sideof the vehicle. This is a normal sys-tem operation characteristics.

• The air conditioning systemincludes a function that automati-cally turns the air conditioningcompressor off if engine coolanttemperature approaches an overheating level. The air conditioningcompressor operation will resumeonce engine coolant temperaturereturns to the normal range. Also,the air conditioning compressor isautomatically turned off for a fewseconds when the accelerator isfully depressed (wide open throt-tle).

• When operating the air condition-ing system use the outside (fresh)air position.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-tem in the recirculated air positiondoes provide maximum cooling,however, continual operation in thismode may cause the air inside thevehicle to become stale.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 56

Page 174: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 57

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Checking the amount of airconditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a bad influence on the air condi-tioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected byan authorized Kia dealer.

Air conditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricant

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the performance of the airconditioning system is reduced it isimportant that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to thecompressor and abnormal systemoperation may occur.

CAUTION The air conditioning systemshould be serviced by anauthorized Kia dealer. Improperservice may cause seriousinjury.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 57

Page 175: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

584

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-

ditioning will be selected.If you don’t want the outside (fresh)air position press the correspondingbutton to cancel the operation.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the “3” or “4”

position.2. Set the temperature to the

extreme hot position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-

ditioning will be selected.If you don’t want the outside (fresh)air position press the correspondingbutton to cancel the operation.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

1LDN2143 1LDN2144

CAUTIONDo not use the or posi-tion when cooling the vehicleinterior in extremely humidweather. The difference betweenthe temperature of the outsideair and that of the windshieldcould cause the outer surface ofthe windshield to fog up, caus-ing loss of visibility. In this case,set the mode selection knob tothe position and fan speedcontrol knob to the lower speed.

➀ ➁➂ ➃

➀ ➁➂ ➃

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 58

Page 176: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 59

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

• For maximum defrosting, set thetemperature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desiredwhile defrosting or defogging, setthe mode to the floor- defrost posi-tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow andice from the windshield, rear win-dow, outside rear view mirrors, andall side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from thehood and air inlet in the cowl grill toimprove heater and defroster effi-ciency and to reduce the probabili-ty of fogging up inside of the wind-shield.

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of foggingup the inside of the windshield, theair intake control is set to the outside(fresh) air position automatically ifany of following occur:• The ignition switch is off.• The mode is selected to the OFF

position.• The ignition switch is turned on

while the mode is selected to the, or .

• The mode is selected to the ,or while the system is acti-

vated.Press the air intake control button toselect the recirculated air positionwhile the ignition switch is on.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 59

Page 177: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving your vehicle

604

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Armed stageThe Theft-Alarm system is armedas follows:• After all doors, engine hood, and

trunk are locked, press the “LOCK”button on the transmitter once.The hazard flasher lights will flashonce when the button is pressed,then twice when the button isreleased. (At this time, the alarmdoes not sound.)

Alarm stageThe alarm will be activated when:• Any door is opened without using

the key or the transmitter.• The trunk lid is opened without

using the key or the transmitter.• The engine hood is opened.

The alarm will sound ON for 30 sec-onds, then OFF for 10 seconds. ThisON/OFF cycle will be repeated threetimes. During this time, the enginewill not start.

Withheld alarmWhen the alarm is armed, the alarmwill not sound if the trunk lid isopened with either the key or thetransmitter.However, if the trunk lid is notopened completely within two sec-onds after unlocking with the key ortransmitter, the alarm will sound.Also, if any of the doors or hood isopened while the trunk lid is openand the alarm armed, the alarm willsound.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

HMR.082

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 60

Page 178: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

4 61

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driving your vehicle

Disarmed stageThe armed stage will be deactivatedwhen:• The “ ” button on the transmit-

ter is pressed.(Note: After depressing unlock but-ton, you must open the doors with-in 30 seconds or all doors will belocked again and automaticallyplaced into the armed stage.)

• The doors are unlocked with theignition key.

• The ignition switch is in the “ON”position.

• The doors are unlocked with theignition key.

The alarm will be deactivated when:• The lock ( ), unlock ( ) or trunk

lid open ( ) button on thetransmitter is pressed.

• The ignition switch is in the “ON”position for 30 seconds or more.

• The doors are unlocked with theignition key.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ignition key is in the ignitionswitch, the transmitter will not func-tion. Avoid trying to start the enginewith the alarm activated.

LD CAN (ENG) 4.qxd 7/29/05 10:17 AM Page 61

Page 179: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Fuel requirements / 5-2Emission control system / 5-3Before driving / 5-5Suggestions for economical operation / 5-6Special driving conditions / 5-7Trailer towing / 5-11Overloading / 5-18Label information / 5-19

Driving tips

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 1

Page 180: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving tips

25

FUEL REQUIREMENTSGasoline engine (unleaded)Your new Kia vehicle is designed touse only unleaded fuel with a mini-mum Octane Rating of 87 Anti-Knock Index (AKI).

✽✽ NOTICENEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimental tothe catalytic converter and willdamage the engine control system’soxygen sensor and affect emissioncontrol.Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat Kia has specified. (Consult anAuthorized Kia Dealer for details.)

Gasoline containing alcoholand methanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alco-hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-taining methanol (also known aswood alcohol) are being marketedalong with or instead of leaded orunleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing morethan 10% ethanol, and do not usegasoline or gasohol containing anymethanol. Either of these fuels maycause drivability problems and dam-age to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of anykind if drivability problems occur.

Vehicle damage or driveability prob-lems may not be covered by themanufacturer’s warranty if they resultfrom the use of:1. Gasohol containing more than

10% ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

✽✽ NOTICENever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 2

Page 181: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

5 3

Driving tips

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in theWarranty & Consumer InformationManual in your vehicle.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your Kia could affectits performance, safety or durabilityand may even violate governmentalsafety and emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modifi-cation may not be covered underwarranty.

Engine exhaust gas precau-tions (carbon monoxide)

• Carbon monoxide can be presentwith other exhaust fumes.Therefore, if you smell exhaustfumes of any kind inside your vehi-cle, have it inspected and repairedimmediately by an authorized Kiadealer. If you ever suspect exhaustfumes are coming into your vehi-cle, drive it only with all the win-dows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to re-start the engine may cause dam-age to the emission control sys-tem.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNINGEngine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolorless and odorless, it isdangerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionsfollowing to avoid CO poison-ing.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 3

Page 182: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving tips

45

Operating precautions for cat-alytic converters

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engine (unleaded).• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the ignition off anddescending steep grades in gearwith the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyt-ic converter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could voidyour warranties.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under yourvehicle. Do not park the vehicleover or near flammable objects,such as dry grass, paper,leaves, etc.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 4

Page 183: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

5 5

Driving tips

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle:• Be sure that all windows, outside

mirror(s), and outside lights areclean.

• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil,engine coolant, brake fluid, andwasher fluid should be checked on aregular basis, with the exact intervaldepending on the fluid. Furtherdetails are provided in Section 7,Maintenance.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all con-

trols are easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning

lights when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.

• Release the parking brake andmake sure the brake warning lightgoes out.

For safe operation, be sure you arefamiliar with your vehicle and itsequipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is danger-ous. Drunk driving is the num-ber one contributor to the high-way death toll each year. Even asmall amount of alcohol willaffect your reflexes, perceptionsand judgement.You are much more likely tohave a serious accident if youdrink and drive.If you are drinking or takingdrugs, don’t drive. Do not ridewith a driver who has beendrinking or taking drugs.Choose a designated driver orcall a cab.Driving while under the influ-ence of drugs is as dangerousor more dangerous than drivingdrunk.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 5

Page 184: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving tips

65

SUGGESTIONS FOR ECONOMICAL OPERATIONYour vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, whereyou drive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects howmany kilometers (miles) you can getfrom a liter (gallon) of fuel.To operateyour vehicle as economically as pos-sible, use the following driving sug-gestions to help save money in bothfuel and repairs:• Avoid lengthy warm-up idling.

Once the engine is runningsmoothly, begin driving.Remember, engine warm-up maytake a little longer on cold days.

• Save fuel by accelerating slowlyafter stopping.

• Keep the engine in tune and followthe recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule. This will increasethe life of all parts and lower youroperating costs.

• Do not use the air conditionerunnecessarily.

• Slow down when driving on roughroads.

• For longer tire life and better fueleconomy, always keep the tiresinflated to the recommended pres-sures.

• Maintain a safe distance from othervehicles to avoid sudden stops.This will reduce wear on brake lin-ings and pads. Driving in such away will also save fuel becauseextra fuel is required to accelerateback to driving speed.

• Do not carry unnecessary weightin the vehicle.

• Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. This can causeneedless wear, possible damageto the brakes, and poor fuel econo-my.

• Improper wheel alignment resultsin faster tire wear and lower fueleconomy.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offsetsome of this loss, slow down whendriving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operatingcondition is important both for econ-omy and safety. Therefore, have anauthorized Kia dealer performscheduled inspections and mainte-nance.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - Engine offduring motion

Never turn the engine off tocoast down hills or anytime thevehicle is in motion. The powersteering and power brakes willnot function without the enginerunning. Instead, downshift toan appropriate gear for enginebraking effect.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 6

Page 185: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

5 7

Driving tips

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditionsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-ards, follow these suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra

distance for braking.• Avoid sudden movements in brak-

ing or steering.• When braking, pump the brake

pedal with a light up-and-downmotion until the vehicle is stopped.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,use second gear. Accelerate slow-ly to avoid spinning the drivewheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under thedrive wheels to provide tractionwhen stalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicleto free it from snow, sand, or mud,first turn the steering wheel right andleft to clear the area around yourfront wheels. Then, shift back andforth between 1 (First) and R(Reverse) in vehicles equipped witha manual transaxle or R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatictransaxle. Do not race the engine,and spin the wheels as little as pos-sible. If you are still stuck after a fewtries, have the vehicle pulled out by atow vehicle to avoid engine overheat-ing and possible damage to thetransaxle.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged rocking may cause engineover-heating, transaxle damage orfailure, and tire damage.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slip-pery surfaces can cause anaccident. The sudden change intire speed could cause the tiresto skid. Be careful when down-shifting on slippery surfaces.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 7

Page 186: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving tips

85

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight,here are some important tips toremember:• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areaswhere there may not be any streetlights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other driver's head-lights.

• Keep your headlights clean andproperly aimed on vehicles notequipped with the automatic head-light aiming feature. Dirty orimproperly aimed headlights willmake it much more difficult to seeat night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lights of oncoming vehicles. Youcould be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re notprepared for the slick pavement.Here are a few things to considerwhen driving in the rain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder

to see and will increase the dis-tance needed to stop your vehicle,so slow down.

• Keep your windshield wipingequipment in good shape. Replaceyour windshield wiper blades whenthey show signs of streaking ormissing areas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condi-tion, making a quick stop on wetpavement can cause a skid andpossibly lead to an accident. Besure your tires are in good shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make iteasier for others to see you.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, espe-cially at speeds more than 56km/h (35 mph). Spinning thewheels at high speeds when thevehicle is stationary couldcause a tire to overheat, explodeand injure bystanders.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 8

Page 187: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

5 9

Driving tips

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal brakingoperation returns.

Winter driving• We recommend that you carry

emergency equipment, including awindow scraper, windshield de-icer, a bag of sand or salt, flares, asmall shovel and jumper cables.

• Make sure you have sufficient eth-ylene-glycol coolant in the radiator.

• Check the battery condition andcables. Cold temperatures reducethe capacity of any battery, so itmust be in excellent condition toprovide enough winter startingpower.

• Make sure the engine oil viscosityis suitable for cold weather.

• Check the ignition system for looseconnections and damage.

• Use antifreeze-formulated wind-shield washer fluid. (Do not useengine coolant antifreeze.)

• Do not use the parking brake if itmight freeze. When parking, shiftto 1 (First) or R (Reverse) with amanual transaxle or P (Park) withan automatic transaxle and blockthe rear wheels.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 9

Page 188: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving tips

105

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your Kia,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.Keep in mind that the traction provid-ed by snow tires on dry roads maynot be as high as your vehicle's orig-inal equipment tires.You should drivecautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local and provincialregulations for possible restrictionsagainst their use.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may beaffected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - Snow tiresize

Snow tires should be equivalentin size and type to the vehicle'sstandard tires. Otherwise, thesafety and handling of yourvehicle may be adversely affect-ed.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 10

Page 189: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

5 11

Driving tips

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

TRAILER TOWING

✽✽ NOTICEPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. Toidentify what the vehicle traileringcapacity is for your vehicle, youshould read the information in“Weight of the Trailer” that appearslater in this section. Remember thattrailering is different than just drivingyour vehicle by itself. Traileringmeans changes in handling, durabil-ity, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.This section contains many time-tested, important trailering tips andsafety rules. Many of these areimportant for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Please read thissection carefully before you pull atrailer.

WARNING - Towing atrailer

If you don't use the correctequipment and drive properly,you can lose control when youpull a trailer. For example, if thetrailer is too heavy, the brakesmay not work well - or even atall. You and your passengerscould be seriously or fatallyinjured. Pull a trailer only if youhave followed all the steps inthis section.

Item SpecificationMaximum trailer Without trailer brakes 453 (1000)

weight kg (lbs.) With trailer brakes 907 (2000)

Maximum permissible static vertical load on

the coupling device kg (lbs.)72 (159)

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 11

Page 190: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving tips

125

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Load-pulling components such asthe engine, transaxle, wheel assem-blies, and tires are forced to workharder against the load of the addedweight. The engine is required tooperate at relatively higher speedsand under greater loads. This addi-tional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing thepulling requirements.

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points ifyou decide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control. You

can ask a hitch dealer about swaycontrol.

• After your odometer indicates 800km (500 miles) or more, you cantow a trailer. For the first 800 km(500 miles) that you tow a trailer,don’t drive over 80 km/h (50 mph)and don’t make starts at full throt-tle. This helps your engine andother parts of your vehicle “wear” inat the heavier loads.

• Always drive at a safe speed (lessthan 100 km/h) commensuratewith road conditions.

• The important considerations haveto do with weight:

Weight of the trailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be? Itshould never weigh more than 907kg (2000 lbs.) with trailer brakes. Buteven that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to useyour trailer. For example, speed, alti-tude, road grades, outside tempera-ture and how much your vehicle isused to pull a trailer are all important.The ideal trailer weight can alsodepend on any special equipmentthat you have on your vehicle.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 12

Page 191: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

5 13

Driving tips

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossvehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi-cle. This weight includes the curbweight of the vehicle, any cargo youmay carry in it, and the people whowill be riding in the vehicle. And if youwill tow a trailer, you must add thetongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.After you've loaded your trailer,weigh the trailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they aren’t, you may beable to correct them simply by mov-ing some items around in the trailer.

Hitches It's important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, largetrucks going by, and rough roads area few reasons why you’ll need theright hitch. Here are some rules tofollow:• Will you have to make any holes in

the body of your vehicle when youinstall a trailer hitch? If you do, thenbe sure to seal the holes laterwhen you remove the hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly car-bon monoxide (CO) from yourexhaust can get into your vehicle,as well as dirt and water.

• The bumpers on your vehicle arenot intended for hitches. Do notattach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to them. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

WARNING• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should beloaded with approximately60% of the total trailer load;the rear should be loaded withapproximately 40% of the totaltrailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer ortrailer towing equipment.Improper loading can result indamage to your vehicle and/orpersonal injury. Checkweights and loading at a com-mercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailercan cause loss of vehicle con-trol.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 13

Page 192: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving tips

145

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trail-er. Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer so that thetongue will not drop to the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Instructions about safety chains maybe provided by the hitch manufactur-er or by the trailer manufacturer.Follow the manufacturer’s recom-mendation for attaching safetychains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trail-er. And, never allow safety chains todrag on the ground.

Trailer brakes If your trailer weighs more than 453kg (1000 lbs.) loaded, then it needsits own brakes and they must be ade-quate. Be sure to read and follow theinstructions for the trailer brakes soyou’ll be able to install, adjust andmaintain them properly.• Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake

system.

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before settingout for the open road, you must getto know your trailer. Acquaint your-self with the feel of handling andbraking with the added weight of thetrailer. And always keep in mind thatthe vehicle you are driving is now agood deal longer and not nearly soresponsive as your vehicle is byitself.Before you start, check the trailerhitch and platform, safety chains,electrical connector(s), lights, tiresand mirror adjustment. If the trailerhas electric brakes, start your vehicleand trailer moving and then apply thetrailer brake controller by hand to besure the brakes are working.This letsyou check your electrical connectionat the same time.During your trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secure,and that the lights and any trailerbrakes are still working.

WARNINGDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolute-ly certain that you have properlyset up the brake system. This isnot a task for amateurs. Use anexperienced, competent trailershop for this work.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 14

Page 193: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

5 15

Driving tips

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving your vehicle without a trailer.This can help you avoid situationsthat require heavy braking and sud-den turns.

Passing You’ll need more passing distanceup ahead when you’re towing a trail-er. And, because you’re a good deallonger, you’ll need to go much fartherbeyond the passed vehicle beforeyou can return to your lane.

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. Then, to movethe trailer to the left, just move yourhand to the left. To move the trailer tothe right, move your hand to theright. Always back up slowly and, ifpossible, have someone guide you.

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer,make wider turns than normal. Dothis so your trailer won’t strike softshoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,or other objects. Avoid jerky or sud-den maneuvers. Signal well inadvance.

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehiclehas to have a different turn signalflasher and extra wiring. The greenarrows on your instrument panel willflash whenever you signal a turn orlane change. Properly connected,the trailer lights will also flash to alertother drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the greenarrows on your instrument panel willflash for turns even if the bulbs onthe trailer are burned out. Thus, youmay think drivers behind you areseeing your signals when, in fact,they are not. It’s important to checkoccasionally to be sure the trailerbulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you dis-connect and then reconnect thewires.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 15

Page 194: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving tips

165

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Do not connect a trailer lighting sys-tem directly to your vehicle’s lightingsystem. Use only an approved trailerwiring harness.Your Authorized Kia Dealer canassist you in installing the wiring har-ness.

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before you start down a long orsteep downgrade. If you don’t shiftdown, you might have to use yourbrakes so much that they would gethot and no longer operate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift downand reduce your speed to around 70km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxle over-heating.If your trailer weighs more than 453kg (1000 lbs.) and you have an auto-matic transaxle, you should drive inD (Drive) when towing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)when towing a trailer will minimizeheat buildup and extend the life ofyour transaxle.

✽✽ NOTICE• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 12%) pay closeattention to the engine coolanttemperature gauge to ensure theengine does not overheat. If theneedle of the coolant temperaturegauge moves across the dialtowards “H” (HOT), pull over andstop as soon as it is safe to do so,and allow the engine to idle until itcools down. You may proceed oncethe engine has cooled sufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possibil-ity of engine and transaxle over-heating.

CAUTIONFailure to use an approved trail-er wiring harness could result indamage to the vehicle electricalsystem and/or personal injury.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 16

Page 195: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

5 17

Driving tips

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Parking on hills Generally, you should not park yourvehicle, with a trailer attached, on ahill. People can be seriously or fatal-ly injured, and both your vehicle andthe trailer can be damaged if theybegin a downhill trajectory.

However, if you ever have to parkyour trailer on a hill, here’s how to doit:1. Apply your brakes, but don’t shift

into gear.2. Have someone place chocks

under the trailer wheels.3. When the wheel chocks are in

place, release the brakes until thechocks absorb the load.

4. Reapply the brakes. Apply yourparking brake, and then shift to R(Reverse) for a manual transaxleor P (Park) for an automatictransaxle.

5. Release the brakes.

When you are ready to leave afterparking on a hill 1. With the manual transaxle in

Neutral or automatic transaxle in P(Park), apply your brakes and holdthe brake pedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clearof the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brakeis not firmly set.If you have left the engine run-ning, the vehicle can move sud-denly. You or others could beseriously or fatally injured.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hillwith a trailer attached couldcause serious injury or death,should a down hill trajectoryhappen.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 17

Page 196: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving tips

185

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Maintenance when trailer tow-ing Your vehicle will need service moreoften when you regularly pull a trail-er. Important items to pay particularattention to include engine oil, auto-matic transaxle fluid, axle lubricantand cooling system fluid. Brake con-dition is another important item tofrequently check. Each item is cov-ered in this manual, and the Indexwill help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea toreview these sections before youstart your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain yourtrailer and hitch. Follow the mainte-nance schedule that accompaniedyour trailer and check it periodically.Preferably, conduct the check at thestart of each day’s driving. Mostimportantly, all hitch nuts and boltsshould be tight.

✽✽ NOTICE• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occur inhot days or during uphill driving.If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith the air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fan toimprove engine performancewhen towing a trailer.

OVERLOADING

CAUTIONThe gross axle weight rating(GAWR) and the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) for yourvehicle are on the manufactur-er's label attached to the dri-ver's door. Exceeding these rat-ings can cause an accident orvehicle damage. You can calcu-late the weight of your load byweighing the items (or people)before putting them in the vehi-cle. Be careful not to overloadyour vehicle.

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 18

Page 197: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

5 19

Driving tips

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

LABEL INFORMATION There are several important labelsand identification numbers locatedon your vehicle. The label locationsare identified in the illustrationsshown.

Vehicle identification number(VIN) To check the frame number underthe passenger seat, remove thecover by pulling one side markedwith “PULL”.

1LDA6001 1LD6001

1LDN6002 1LDN6003

Frame number

Vehicle certification label (MVSS label)

VIN label

VIN bar code

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 19

Page 198: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Driving tips

205

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Tire specification / pressurelabel

1LDN6001

LD CAN (ENG) 5.qxd 7/29/05 10:18 AM Page 20

Page 199: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Road warning / 6-2Overheating / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4Electrical circuit protection / 6-7Towing / 6-14If you have a flat tire / 6-19

In case of an emergency

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 1

Page 200: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

26

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher servesas a warning to other drivers to exer-cise extreme caution whenapproaching, overtaking, or passingyour vehicle. It should be used when-ever emergency repairs are beingmade or when the vehicle is stoppednear the edge of a roadway.Depress the flasher switch with theignition switch in any position. Theflasher switch is located in the centerconsole switch panel. All turn signallights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-ates whether your vehicle is run-ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when usingthe hazard warning flasher whilethe vehicle is being towed.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1LDN2100

1LDN3206A

5 Door

4 Door

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 2

Page 201: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 3

In case of an emergency

OVERHEATING If your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, if you experience a lossof power, or if you hear a loud knock-ing or pinging noise, the engine hasprobably overheated. Should any ofthese symptoms occur, use the fol-lowing procedure:1. Turn on the hazard warning flash-

er, then drive to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle; setthe automatic transaxle in P(Park), or shift the manualtransaxle to N (Neutral) and applythe parking brake.

2. Make sure the air conditioner isoff.

3. If coolant or steam is boiling out ofthe radiator, stop the engine andcall an Authorized Kia Dealer forassistance.

If coolant is not boiling out, allowthe engine to idle and open thehood to permit the engine to coolgradually.If the temperature does not godown with the engine idling, stopthe engine and allow sufficienttime for it to cool.

4. The coolant level should then bechecked. If the level in the reser-voir is low, look for leaks at theradiator hoses and connections,heater hoses and connections,radiator, and water pump. If youfind a major leak or another prob-lem that may have caused theengine to overheat, do not operatethe engine until it has been cor-rected. Call an Authorized KiaDealer for assistance. If you do notfind a leak or other problem, care-fully add coolant to the reservoir.

If the engine frequently overheats,have the cooling system checkedand repaired by an Authorized KiaDealer.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiatorare hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause seri-ous injury.

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 3

Page 202: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

46

EMERGENCY STARTING Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Therefore, to avoidharm to yourself or damage to yourvehicle or battery, follow the jumpstarting procedures listed on page6-6. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competenttechnician or towing service jumpstart your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair by useof a 24-volt power supply (either two12-volt batteries in series or a 24-volt motor generator set).

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks

away from the battery.The bat-tery produces hydrogen gaswhich may explode if exposedto flame or sparks.

• Do not attempt to jump startthe vehicle if the dischargedbattery is frozen or if the elec-trolyte level is low; the batterymay rupture or explode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery asthis may cause the battery torupture or explode causing seri-ous injury.

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 4

Page 203: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 5

In case of an emergency

Connecting jumper cables

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1LDA4001

Connect cables in numericalorder and disconnect in reverseorder.

Discharged battery

(+)

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

➃ (-)

(+)

(-)

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 5

Page 204: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

66

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is

12-volt and that its negative termi-nal is grounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehiclesto touch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in the pre-vious illustration. First connect oneend of a jumper cable to the posi-tive terminal of the discharged bat-tery (➀), then connect the otherend to the positive terminal on thebooster battery (➁). Proceed toconnect one end of the otherjumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (➂),then the other end to a solid, sta-tionary, metallic point (for exam-ple, the engine lifting bracket)away from the battery (➃). Do notconnect it to or near any part thatmoves when the engine iscranked. Do not connect thejumper cable from the negativeterminal of the booster battery tothe negative terminal of the dis-charged battery.

Do not allow the jumper cables tocontact anything except the cor-rect battery terminals or the cor-rect ground. Do not lean over thebattery when making connections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle withthe booster battery and let it run at2,000 rpm, then start the engine ofthe vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

If the cause of your battery discharg-ing is not apparent, you should haveyour vehicle checked by anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

Refer to illustration on page 6-5.

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equippedvehicle should not be push-startedbecause it might damage the emis-sion control system.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this sectionfor jump-starting.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CAUTIONNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge for-ward when the engine startscould cause a collision with thetow vehicle.

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 6

Page 205: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 7

In case of an emergency

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT PROTECTION

Fuses A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.This vehicle has two fuse panels,one located in the driver's side kneebolster, the other in the engine com-partment near the battery.

If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will be melted.If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver’s sidefuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse withone of the same rating.

If the replacement fuse blows, thisindicates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and imme-diately consult an Authorized KiaDealer.Two kinds of fuses are used: stan-dard for lower amperage rating andmain for higher amperage ratings.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1LDA4002

Standard

Main fuse

Normal

Normal Blown

Blown

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 7

Page 206: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

86

Fuse replacement

Driver-side knee bolster1. Turn the ignition switch and all

other switches off.2. Pull the suspected fuse straight

out. Use the removal tool providedon the cover.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown.Spare fuses are provided in thefuse panel in engine compart-ment.

4. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an AuthorizedKia Dealer.

If you do not have a spare, use afuse of the same rating from a circuityou may not need for operating thevehicle, such as the audio fuse.If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and thefuses are OK, check the fuse block inthe engine compartment. If a fuse isblown, it must be replaced.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1LDA4003 1LDN4022

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead ofthe proper fuse - even as atemporary repair. It may causeextensive wiring damage andpossibly a fire.

• Do not use a screwdriver orany other metal object toremove fuses because it maycause a short circuit and dam-age the system.

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 8

Page 207: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 9

In case of an emergency

Engine compartment1. Turn the ignition switch and all

other switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by

pressing the taps on both endsand pulling up.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown.

4. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an AuthorizedKia Dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter checking the fuse box in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse box cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater leaking in.

Main fuseIf the ALT (120A) fuse is blown, itmust be removed as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.2. Remove the screws shown in the

picture above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1LDA4005 1LDA4006

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 9

Page 208: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

106

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Engine compartment

2LDN4008/2LDN4007

Driver-side knee bolster

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 10

Page 209: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 11

In case of an emergency

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Description Fuse rating Protected componentATM 20A Automatic transaxle controlECU1 10A Engine control unitSTOP 15A Stop lightF/WIPER 20A Front wiperR/FOG 10A Rear fog lightF/FOG 15A Front fog lightLO HDLP 15A Headlight (low)HI HDLP 15A Headlight (high)A/CON 10A Air conditionerF/PUMP 15A Fuel pumpT/OPEN 10A Trunk lid openerFOLD 10A Outside rearview mirror foldingHORN 10A HornDEICE 15A DeicerINJ 15A InjectionSNSR 10A O2 sensorECU2 30A Engine control unitSPARE 10A spare fuseSPARE 15A spare fuseSPARE 20A spare fuseSPARE 30A spare fuseABS2 30A Anti-lock brake systemABS1 30A Anti-lock brake systemIP B+ 50A In panel B+

Description Fuse rating Protected componentBLOWER 30A BlowerIGN2 30A IgnitionIGN1 30A IgnitionRAD 30A Radiator fanCOND 20A Condenser fanALT 120A AlternatorATM - Automatic transaxle control relayWIPER - Wiper relayF/FOG - Front fog light relayLO HDLP - Headlight relay (low) HI HDLP - Headlight relay (high)A/CON - Air conditioner relayF/PUMP - Fuel pumpDRL - Daytime running light relayCOND2 - Condenser fan relayHORN - Horn relayMAIN - Main relaySTART - Start motor relayRAD - Radiator fan relayCOND - Condenser fan relay

Engine compartment

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 11

Page 210: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

126

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Driver-side knee bolster

Description Fuse rating Protected componentSTART 10A Start motorSRF/D_LOCK 20A Sunroof, Door lockRR FOG 10A Rear fog lightHAZARD 10A Hazard warning flasherA/CON 10A Air conditionerCLUSTER 10A ClusterRKE 10A Remote keyless entryS/HTR 20A Seat warmerC/LIGHTER 15A Cigar lighterA/BAG 15A AirbagR/WIPER 15A Rear wiperAUDIO 10A AudioABS 10A Anti-lock brake systemACC/PWR 15A Accessory / Power socketROOM 15A Room lampIGN 10A IgnitionECU 10A Engine control unitTAIL RH 10A Tail light (right)T/SIG 10A Turn signal lightRR/HTR 30A Rear window defrosterP/WDW LH 25A Power window (left)HTD/MIRR 10A Outside rearview mirror heater P/WDW RH 25A Power window (right)TAIL LH 10A Tail light (left)

Description Fuse rating Protected componentRR/HTR - Rear window defroster relayRESISTOR - ResistorP/WDW - Power window relayACC/PWR - Accessory / Power socket relayTAIL - Tail light relay

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 12

Page 211: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 13

In case of an emergency

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with a mem-ory fuse to prevent battery dischargeif your vehicle is parked withoutbeing operated for prolonged peri-ods. Use the following proceduresbefore parking the vehicle for pro-longed period.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail

lights.3. Open the driver-side knee bolster

cover and pull up the “ROOM15A”.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up

from the fuse panel, the warningchime, audio, clock and interiorlamps, etc., will not operate. Someitems must be reset after replace-ment. (Refer to “Items to bereset···.” on page 7-28)

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still bedischarged by operation of theheadlights or other electricaldevices.

1LDA4004

Memory fuse

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 13

Page 212: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

146

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

TOWING

If emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized Kia dealer or a commer-cial tow-truck service. Proper liftingand towing procedures are neces-sary to prevent damage to the vehi-cle. The use of wheel dollies orflatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines informa-tion, refer to section 5 “Driving Tips”.

It is acceptable to tow the vehiclewith the rear wheels on the ground(without dollies) and the front wheelsoff the ground.When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the front of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the rear. ✽✽ NOTICE

• Do not tow the vehicle backwardswith the front wheels on theground as this may cause damageto the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

2GHA4107

1LDN4023

2LDA4001 2LDA4002

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 14

Page 213: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 15

In case of an emergency

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC

position.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

✽✽ NOTICEFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may causeinternal damage to the transaxle. Tie-down hook

(for flatbed towing)

1LDN4019

Tie-down hook

CAUTIONDo not use the hooks under thefront of the vehicle for towingpurposes. These hooks aredesigned ONLY for transport tie-down. If the tie-down hooks areused for towing, the tie-downhooks will be damaged and thiscould lead to serious injury.

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 15

Page 214: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

166

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Towing with a vehicle otherthan a tow truck If towing is necessary, we recom-mend you to have it done by anAuthorized Kia dealer or a commer-cial tow truck service.If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed using a cable orchain secured to the emergency tow-ing hook under the front or rear of thevehicle. Use extreme caution whentowing the vehicle. A driver must bein the vehicle to steer it and operatethe brakes.

Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced roads for ashort distance and at low speeds.Also, the wheels, axles, power train,steering and brakes must all be ingood condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or otherconditions from which the vehiclecannot be driven out under its ownpower.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier thanthe vehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other fre-quently.

1LDN4020

• Front

1LDN4021

• Rear

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 16

Page 215: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 17

In case of an emergency

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

✽✽ NOTICE• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten the cableor chain to the towing hook pro-vided.

• Before emergency towing, checkthat the hook is not broken or dam-aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steadyand even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, donot pull from the side or at a verti-cal angle. Always pull straightahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 5 m(16 feet) long. Attach a white or redcloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)wide) in the middle of the strap foreasy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towingstrap is not loosened during tow-ing.

CAUTIONUse extreme caution when tow-ing the vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers whichwould place excessive stresson the emergency towinghook and towing cable orchain. The hook and towingcable or chain may break andcause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the towing vehicle can hard-ly move, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anAuthorized Kia dealer or acommercial tow truck servicefor assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straightahead as possible.

• Keep away from the vehicleduring towing.

1LDA4024

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 17

Page 216: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

186

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

When your vehicle is beingtowed by another vehicleother than a tow truck (in caseof an emergency) • Turn the ignition switch to ACC so

the steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Vehicle equipped with automatic

transaxles should not exceed 45km/h (28 mph) and should not betowed more than 80 km (50 miles).

• Vehicles equipped with manualtransmissions should not be towedin excess of 88 km/h (55 mph) andshould not be towed more than645 km (400 miles).

• Press the brake pedal with moreforce than normal since you willhave reduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will berequired because the power steer-ing system will be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill,the brakes may overheat and brakeperformance will be reduced. Stopoften and let the brakes cool off.

✽✽ NOTICETo prevent internal damage to thetransaxle, never tow your vehiclefrom the rear (backwards) with allfour tires in contact with the sur-face.

Tips for towing a stuck vehicleThe following methods are effectivewhen your vehicle is stuck in mud,sand or similar substances that pre-vent the vehicle from being drivenout under its own power.• Remove the soil and sand, etc.

from the front and the back of thetires.

• Place a stone or wood under thetires.

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 18

Page 217: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 19

In case of an emergency

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

The spare tire, jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench are stored inthe trunk compartment. Move thecarpeting out of the way to reach thisequipment.

Removing the spare tire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Important - use of compactspare tireYour vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

1LDA4009 1LDA4010

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 19

Page 218: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

206

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash.

• Do not use tire chains on this tire.Because of the smaller size, a tirechain will not fit properly.This coulddamage the vehicle and result inloss of the chain.

• This tire should not be installed onthe front axle if the vehicle must bedriven in snow or on ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CAUTIONThis spare tire should be usedonly for VERY short distances.Compact spares should NEVERbe used for long drives orextended distances.

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 20

Page 219: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 21

In case of an emergency

Changing tires Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WARNING - Changingtires

• Never attempt vehicle repairsin the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm groundwhenever possible. If you can-not find a firm, level place offthe road, call a towing servicecompany for assistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; never usethe bumpers or any other partof the vehicle for jack support.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack ;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 21

Page 220: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

226

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Tire replacement 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with automatictransaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

1LDN4012

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully, andalways block the wheel diago-nally opposite the wheel beingchanged.

• It is recommended that thewheels of the vehicle bechocked, and that no personshould remain in a vehicle thatis being jacked.

1LDN4013

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 22

Page 221: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

6 23

In case of an emergency

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1.2 in).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Remove the wheel lug nuts byturning them counterclockwise,then remove the wheel.

10. Mount the spare tire into positionand install the wheel lug nutswith the beveled edge inward.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

1LDN40161LDA40151LDN4014

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 23

Page 222: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

In case of an emergency

246

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11. Once the wheel lug nuts havebeen tightened, lower the vehiclefully to the ground and continue totighten the lug nuts until they arefully secured. Tighten the wheellug nuts firmly in a “X” pattern.If you are unsure of the tightnessof the wheel lug nuts, have themchecked at the nearest servicestation. The specified tighteningtorque is 9~11 kg•m (65-79 lb•ft,88-107 N•m). Improperly tight-ened wheel lug nuts could causebrake pedal vibration while brak-ing.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.1LDN4017

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nutsremoved are reinstalled - or, ifreplaced, that nuts with metricthreads and the same chamferconfiguration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a colli-sion.

WARNINGCheck the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to Section 8, Specifications.

LD CAN (ENG) 6.qxd 7/29/05 10:20 AM Page 24

Page 223: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Maintenance services / 7-3Maintenance schedule / 7-4Owner maintenance / 7-8Engine compartment / 7-11Engine oil and oil filter / 7-12Engine cooling system / 7-13Brakes and clutch / 7-15Parking brake / 7-16Drive belts / 7-17Power steering / 7-18Steering wheel / 7-19Automatic transaxle / 7-20Lubricants and fluids / 7-22Air cleaner / 7-23Air conditioner air filter / 7-24

Wiper blades / 7-25Battery / 7-27Tires and wheels / 7-30Lubricant specifications / 7-37

Maintenance

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 1

Page 224: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Exterior care / 7-39Interior care / 7-43

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 2

Page 225: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-tion procedures.Should you have any doubts con-cerning the inspection or servicing ofyour vehicle, we strongly recom-mend that you have an AuthorizedKia Dealer perform this work.An Authorized Kia Dealer has facto-ry-trained technicians and genuineKia parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qual-ity service, see an Authorized KiaDealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-cient servicing may result in opera-tional problems with your vehicle thatcould lead to vehicle damage, anaccident, or personal injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsi-bility.

You should retain documents thatshow proper maintenance has beenperformed on your vehicle in accor-dance with the scheduled mainte-nance service charts shown on thefollowing pages. You need this infor-mation to establish your compliancewith the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your Kia warranties.Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Warranty & ConsumerInformation manual.

Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered.We strongly recommend that all vehi-cle maintenance be performed by anauthorized Kia dealer using genuineKia parts.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 3

Page 226: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

47

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first

× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Engine oil & engine oil filter (1) R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Drive belts (tension) I I I I

Cooling system hoses & connections I I I I I

Engine coolant (1) I I I I I R I I I I I R I I I I

Fuel filter R R

Fuel tank cap, lines, EVAP canister and hoses I I

Fuel tank air filter I R I R I

Air cleaner element (2) I I I I I R I I I I I R I I I I

Ignition wires I I

Spark plugs R

Idle speed I I I I I

Valve clearance (if equipped) I

Engine timing belt R

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Engine control system

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 4

Page 227: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 5

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)

Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first

× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Air conditioner compressor operation & I I I I I

refrigerant amount (if equipped)

Exhaust pipes, heat shield & mountings I I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball joints I I I I

Brakes/clutch fluid (1) I I I I I I I R I I I I I I I R

Front brake pads & discs (3) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Rear brake pads & discs/drums (3) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I I

Brake lines & connections I I I I I

(including booster)

Manual transaxle oil (1) I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

Clutch & brake pedal free play I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Chassis and body

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 5

Page 228: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

67

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)

Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first

× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Automatic transaxle fluid (1) I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

Chassis & underbody bolts & nuts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire condition & inflation pressure I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Wheel alignment (4)

Tire rotation

Steering operation & linkage I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid & lines I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I

Seat belts, buckles & anchors I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Lock, hinges & hood latch L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Inspect when abnormal condition noted

Rotate the tires every 12,000 km

Chassis and body (Continued)

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 6

Page 229: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 7

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Chart symbols:I- Inspect these items and their related parts. If necessary, correct, clean, refill, adjust or replace.R- Replace or changeL- Lubricate.

(1) Refer to the lubricant and coolant specifications in the Owner’s Manual(2) More frequent maintenance is required if driving under dusty conditions.(3) More frequent maintenance is required if the vehicle is operated under any of the following conditions:

a. Short-distance drivingb. Driving on dusty roads.c. Extensive idling or slow-speed driving in stop-and-go traffic.

(4) If necessary, rotate and balance the wheels.

* Note: Check the engine oil and coolant levels every week.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 7

Page 230: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

87

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

OWNER MAINTENANCE Owner maintenance schedule The following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed by the owner or anAuthorized Kia Dealer at the fre-quencies indicated to help ensuresafe, dependable operation of yourvehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your deal-er as soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checksare generally not covered by war-ranties and you may be charged forlabor, parts and lubricants used.

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant

reservoir.

• Check the windshield washer fluidlevel.

• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell ofexhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steer-ing effort or looseness in the steer-ing wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantlyturns slightly or “pulls” to one sidewhen traveling on smooth, levelroad.

• When stopping, listen and checkfor strange sounds, pulling to oneside, increased brake pedal travelor “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transaxle occurs,check the transaxle fluid level.

• Check automatic transaxle P(Park) function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system after use isnormal).

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hotcoolant and steam may blow outunder pressure. This couldcause serious injury.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 8

Page 231: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 9

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the coolant

recovery reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turnsignals and hazard warning flash-ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or da-mage.

• Check windshield washer sprayand wiper operation. Clean wiperblades with clean cloth dampenedwith washer fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.• Check for worn tires and loose

wheel lug nuts.

At least once a year :• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks,

and hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system

before the warm weather season.• Check the power steering fluid

level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 9

Page 232: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

107

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Owner maintenance precau-tions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section,several procedures can be done onlyby an Authorized Kia Dealer withspecial tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance dur-ing the warranty period may affectwarranty coverage. For details, readthe separate Kia Warranty &Consumer Information Manual pro-vided with the vehicle. If you'reunsure about any servicing or main-tenance procedure, have it done byan Authorized Kia Dealer.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance workon a vehicle can be danger-ous. You can be seriouslyinjured while performing somemaintenance procedures. Ifyou lack sufficient knowledgeand experience or the propertools and equipment to do thework, have it done by anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

• Working under the hood withthe engine running is danger-ous. It becomes even moredangerous when you wearjewelry or loose clothing.These can become entangledin moving parts and result ininjury. Therefore, if you mustrun the engine while workingunder the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry(especially rings, bracelets,watches, and necklaces) andall neckties, scarves, and sim-ilar loose clothing before get-ting near the engine or cool-ing fans.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 10

Page 233: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 11

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1LDA5002

1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Auto transaxle oil dipstick (if equipped)

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Engine coolant reservoir

12. Windshield washer fluid reser-voir

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 11

Page 234: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

127

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level

ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to

reach normal operating tempera-ture.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and re-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level shouldbe between F and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil tobring the level to F. Do not overfill.

Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to “Recommended Lubricants”later in this section.)

Changing the engine oil andfilterChange engine oil and filter accord-ing to the Scheduled Maintenance atthe beginning of this section.

1LDN50031LDN5004

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 12

Page 235: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 13

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The high-pressure cooling systemhas a reservoir filled with year-roundantifreeze coolant. The reservoir isfilled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, atthe beginning of the winter season,and before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

Checking the coolant level

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove theradiator cap while the engineis operating or hot. Doing somight lead to cooling systemand engine damage and couldresult in serious personalinjury from escaping hotcoolant or steam.

• Turn the engine off and waituntil it cools down. Even then,use extreme care whenremoving the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it,and turn it counterclockwiseslowly to the first stop. Stepback while the pressure isreleased from the cooling sys-tem. When you are sure all thepressure has been released,press down on the cap, usinga thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Even if the engine is not oper-

ating, do not remove the radi-ator cap or the drain plugwhile the engine and radiatorare hot. Hot coolant and steammay still blow out under pres-sure, causing serious injury.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 13

Page 236: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

147

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Check the condition and connectionsof all cooling system hoses andheater hoses. Replace any swollenor deteriorated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the sideof the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protec-tion against freezing and corrosion.Bring the level to F, but do not over-fill. If frequent additions are required,see an Authorized Kia Dealer for acooling system inspection.

Adding coolant • Use only soft (de-mineralized)

water in the coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must beprotected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosionand freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the spec-ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or lessthan 35% antifreeze, which wouldreduce the effectiveness of thesolution.

Have coolant changed in accordancewith the maintenance schedule.

For mixture percentage, refer to thefollowing table.

1LDN5005

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

CoolantSolution

Water

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 14

Page 237: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 15

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Checking brake/clutch fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoirperiodically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir capand adding brake/clutch fluid, cleanthe area around the reservoir capthoroughly to prevent brake/clutchfluid contamination.

If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX level. The level will fall withaccumulated mileage. This is a nor-mal condition associated with thewear of the brake linings. If the fluidlevel is excessively low, have thebrake system checked by anAuthorized Kia Dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutchfluid. (Refer to “RecommendedLubricants” later in this section.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

1LDA5007

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiatorare hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause seri-ous injury.

BRAKES AND CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED)

1LDA5020

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 15

Page 238: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

167

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch fluidto contact the vehicle's bodypaint, as paint damage willresult. Brake/clutch fluid, whichhas been exposed to open airfor an extended time shouldnever be used as its quality can-not be guaranteed. It should bethrown out. Don't put in thewrong kind of fluid. For exam-ple, just a few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake clutch system candamage brake clutch systemparts.

Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parkingbrake by counting the number of“clicks’’ heard while fully applying itfrom the released position. Also, theparking brake alone should securelyhold the vehicle on a fairly steepgrade. If the stroke is more or lessthan specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an Authorized KiaDealer.

Stroke : 7~8 “clicks’’ at a force of20kg (44 lbs, 196N).

WARNINGWhen changing and addingbrake/clutch fluid, handle itcarefully. Do not let it come incontact with your eyes. Ifbrake/clutch fluid should comein contact with your eyes, imme-diately flush them with a largequantity of fresh tap water. Haveyour eyes examined by a doctoras soon as possible.

WARNINGIn the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions offluid, the vehicle should beinspected by an Authorized KiaDealer.

1LDA5029

PARKING BRAKE

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 16

Page 239: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 17

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

DRIVE BELTS

Drive belts should be checked peri-odically for proper tension andadjusted if necessary. At the sametime, belts should be examined forcracks, wear, fraying or other evi-dence of deterioration and replacedif necessary.Belt routing should also be checkedto be sure there is no interferencebetween the belts and other parts ofthe engine. After a belt is replaced,the new belt should be adjustedagain after two or three weeks toeliminate slack resulting from initialstretching after use.

Checking the compressordrive beltHave the drive belts checked inaccordance with the maintenanceschedule.

2LDA7002

A/C compressor pulley

P/S pump pulley

Water pump pulley

Crank shaft pulley

Alternator pulley

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 17

Page 240: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

187

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

POWER STEERING

Checking the power steeringfluid level With the vehicle on level ground,check the fluid level in the powersteering reservoir periodically. Thefluid should be between MAX andMIN marks on the side of the reser-voir at the normal temperature.Before adding power steering fluid,thoroughly clean the area around thereservoir cap to prevent power steer-ing fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX level.

In the event the power steering sys-tem requires frequent addition offluid, the vehicle should be inspectedby an Authorized Kia Dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• To avoid damage to the power

steering pump, do not operate thevehicle for prolonged periods witha low power steering fluid level.

• Never start the engine when thereservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be careful thatdirt does not get into the tank.

• Too little fluid can make the steer-ing wheel heavier or strange noisecan be generated.

• The use of the non-specified fluidcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe power steering wheel andcause damage to it.

Use only the specified power steer-ing fluid. (Refer to "RecommendedLubricants" later in this section.)

Power steering hoseCheck the connections for oil leaks,severe damage and the twists in thepower steering hose before driving.

1LDA5018

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 18

Page 241: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 19

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

STEERING WHEEL

Park the vehicle on level ground,start the car and place the tirewheels in the straight-ahead posi-tion. Turn the steering wheel to theleft and right with a little force andcheck the free play until you get afeel for resistance against the tirewheels movement.Standard value: 30 mm (1.2 in) orless

✽✽ NOTICEIf the measured value exceeds thestandard value, have the systemchecked by an authorized Kia deal-er.

1LDN5019

30 mm (1.2 in)

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 19

Page 242: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

207

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

Checking the automatictransaxle fluid level The automatic transaxle fluid levelshould be checked regularly.The volume of the transaxle fluidchanges with temperature. Althoughit is best to check the level after hav-ing driven the vehicle for at least 30minutes, the level can be checkedafter warming the fluid using the fol-lowing procedure.

1. Park the vehicle on level groundand firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Allow the engine to idle for about 2minutes.

3. Depress the brake pedal andmove the shift lever slowly throughall ranges then set it in P (Park).

4. With the engine still idling, pull outthe dipstick, wipe it clean and rein-sert it fully.

5. Pull out the dipstick again andcheck the fluid level.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CAUTION• Low fluid level causes

transaxle slippage. Overfillingcan cause foaming, loss offluid and transaxle malfunc-tion.

• The use of a non-specifiedfluid could result in transaxlemalfunction and failure.

WARNING - Parking brakeTo avoid sudden movement ofthe vehicle, apply parking brakeand depress the brake pedalbefore moving the shift lever.

1LDA5008

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 20

Page 243: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 21

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

If the fluid has been warmed to nor-mal operating temperature of approx-imately 70~80°C (158~176°F), thefluid level should be within “HOT”range.

✽✽ NOTICE“COLD” scale is for reference onlyand should NOT be used to deter-mine transaxle fluid level.

✽✽ NOTICENew automatic transaxle fluidshould be red. The red dye is addedso the assembly plant can identify itas automatic transaxle fluid and dis-tinguish it from engine oil orantifreeze. The red dye, which is notan indicator of fluid quality, is notpermanent. As the vehicle is driven,the automatic transaxle fluid willbegin to look darker. The color mayeventually appear light brown.Therefore, have an Authorized Kiadealer change the automatictransaxle fluid according to theScheduled Maintenance at thebeginning of this section.

1LDA5009

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 21

Page 244: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

227

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS

Checking the washer fluidlevel The reservoir is translucent so thatyou can check the level with a quickvisual inspection.Check the fluid level in the washerfluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available.However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Body lubrication All moving points of the body, suchas door hinges, hood hinges, andlocks, should be lubricated each timethe engine oil is changed. Use a non-freezing lubricant on locks duringcold weather.Make sure the engine hood second-ary latch keeps the hood from open-ing when the primary latch isreleased.

1LDA5021

WARNING• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility whensprayed on the windshieldand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol or damage to paintand body trim.

• Windshield washer fluidagents contain some amountsof alcohol and can be flamma-ble under certain circum-stances. Do not allow sparksor flame to contact the washerfluid or the washer fluid reser-voir. Damage to the vehicle orit's occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid ispoisonous to humans and ani-mals. Do not drink and avoidcontacting windshield washerfluid. Serious injury or deathcould occur.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 22

Page 245: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 23

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

AIR CLEANER

Element cleaningThis element may be air cleaned orreplaced, depending on its condition.Unless it is very dirty, merely shake itto remove foreign particles. Eachtime this filter is inspected, wipe theinside of the air cleaner housing andcover with a damp cloth. If the vehi-cle is operated in extremely dusty orsandy areas, clean or replace thiselement more often than at the usualrecommended intervals.

1LDA5010

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air clean-

er removed; this will result inexcessive engine wear.

• Driving without an air cleanerencourages backfiring, whichcould cause a fire in theengine compartment.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 23

Page 246: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

247

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

AIR CONDITIONER AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

The air conditioner air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dustor other pollutants that come into thevehicle from the outside through theheating and air conditioning system.If dust or other pollutants accumulatein the filter over a period of time, theair flow from the air vents maydecrease, resulting in moisture accu-mulation on the inside of the wind-shield even when the outside (fresh)are position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the air conditioner air fil-ter replaced by an Authorized KiaDealer.

The air filter should be replacedevery 15,000 km. If the vehicle isoperated in the severely air-pollutedcities or on dusty rough roads for along periods, it should be inspectedmore frequently and replaced earlier.When you try to replace the air filterby owner maintenance, replace itperforming the following procedure,and in this case, be careful to avoiddamaging other components.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Air conditionerair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 24

Page 247: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 25

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WIPER BLADES

Wiper blade maintenance ✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied byautomatic car washes have beenknown to make the windshield diffi-cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind-shield or the wiper blades with for-eign matter can reduce the effective-ness of the windshield wipers.Common sources of contaminationare insects, tree sap, and hot waxtreatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are notwiping properly, clean both the win-dow and the blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent, and rinsethoroughly with clean water.

✽✽ NOTICETo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or other sol-vents on or near them.

Windshield wiper bladereplacement When the wipers no longer cleanadequately, the blades may be wornor cracked, and require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICETo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

✽✽ NOTICEThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

1LDA5022

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 25

Page 248: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

267

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn thewiper blade assembly to exposethe plastic locking clip.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield.

2. Compress the clip and slide theblade assembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

1LDA5023 1LDA5024 1LDA5025

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 26

Page 249: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 27

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

BATTERY

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the follow-ing instructions carefullywhen handling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettesand all other flames orsparks away from thebattery.

Hydrogen, which is ahighly combustible gas,is always present in bat-tery cells and mayexplode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of childrenbecause batteries con-tain highly corrosiveSULFURIC ACID. Do notallow battery acid to con-tact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte getsinto your eyes, flush youreyes with clean water forat least 15 minutes andget immediate medicalattention. If possible,continue to apply waterwith a sponge or clothuntil medical attention isreceived.If electrolyte gets onyour skin, thoroughlywash the contacted area.If you feel a pain or aburning sensation, getmedical attention imme-diately.

Wear eye protectionwhen charging or work-ing near a battery.Always provide ventila-tion when working in anenclosed space.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressure onthe case may cause batteryacid to leak, resulting in per-sonal injury. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

• Never attempt to charge thebattery when the batterycables are connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage.Never touch these compo-nents with the engine runningor the ignition switched on.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 27

Page 250: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

287

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

For best battery service :• Keep the battery securely mount-

ed.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte fromthe battery immediately with asolution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to beused for an extended time, discon-nect the battery cables.

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-ple, the headlights or interior lightswere left on while the vehicle wasnot in use), recharge it by slowcharging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilethe vehicle is being used, rechargeit at 20-30A for two hours.

Items to be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the bat-tery has been disconnected.• Clock (See page 3-100)• Climate control system (See pages

4-49)• Audio (See the audio manual)• Sunroof (See page 3-101)

1LDA5028

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 28

Page 251: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 29

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

✽✽ NOTICE• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop the engine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installed lastwhen the battery is disconnected.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precau-tions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed inan area with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes,sparks, or flame near the bat-tery.

• Watch the battery duringcharging, and stop or reducethe charging rate if the batterycells begin gassing (boiling)violently or if the temperatureof the electrolyte of any cellexceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection whenchecking the battery duringcharging.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Disconnect the battery charg-

er in the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger

main switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp

from the negative battery ter-minal.

3. Unhook the positive clampfrom the positive battery ter-minal.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 29

Page 252: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

307

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

TIRES AND WHEELS Tires care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Inflation pressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked every daywhen the tires are cold. “Cold Tires”means the vehicle has not been driv-en for at least three hours or drivenless than 1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the front (driver’s or pas-senger’s) door sill.

✽✽ NOTICE• Warm tires normally exceed rec-

ommended cold tire pressures by28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do notrelease air from warm tires toadjust the pressure or the tires willbe underinflated.

• Underinflation results in excessivewear, poor handling, reduced fueleconomy, and the possibility ofblowouts from overheated tires.Also, low tire pressure can causepoor sealing of the tire bead. If thetire pressure is excessively low,wheel deformation and/or tire sep-aration is possible. So, keep yourtire pressures at the proper levels.If a tire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an AuthorizedKia Dealer.

(Continued)

1LDN6001

WARNINGSevere underinflation (70 kPa(10 psi) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, especiallyon hot days and when driving athigh speed. This can potentiallycause tread separation andother tire irregularities toappear that can result in theloss of vehicle control leadingto severe injury or death.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 30

Page 253: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 31

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

(Continued)• Overinflation produces a harsh

ride, handling problems, excessivewear at the center of the tire tread,and a greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire infla-tion valve caps. Without the valvecap, dirt or moisture could get intothe valve core and cause air leak-age. If the cap have been lost,install new one as soon as possible.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tirealso if you can see fabric or cord.After rotation, be sure to bring thefront and rear tire pressures to spec-ification and check lug nut tightness.Refer to Section 8, Specifications.

Disc brake pads and rear brakeshoes should be inspected for wearwhenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, and leadto sudden tire failure.This couldresult in loss of vehicle control.

CBGQ0707

CBGQ0707A

Do not include compact spare tire in rotation.

Directional tires (if equipped)

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 31

Page 254: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

327

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

Compact spare tire replace-mentA compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew Kia and should be mounted onthe same compact spare tire wheel.The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper wheel weights can dam-age your vehicle's aluminum wheels.Use only approved wheel weights.

1LDA5026

Tread wear indicator

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 32

Page 255: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 33

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

WARNING• When replacing tires, never

mix radial, bias-belted, andbias-type tires. All four tiresshould be of the same size,design and construction. Useonly the tire sizes listed on theTire Label found below thedoor striker on the driver’sside. Make sure that all tiresand wheels are the same sizeand have the same load-carry-ing capacity. Use only tire andwheel combinations recom-mended on the Tire Label orby an Authorized Kia Dealer.Failure to follow these precau-tions can adversely affect thesafety and handling of yourvehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The use of any other tire size

or type may seriously affectride, handling, ground clear-ance, tire clearance, andspeedometer calibration.

• Driving on worn-out tires isvery hazardous and willreduce braking effectiveness,steering accuracy, and trac-tion.

• It is best to replace all fourtires at the same time. If that isnot possible, or necessary,then replace the two front ortwo rear tires as a pair.Replacing just one tire canseriously affect your vehicle’shandling.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,speedometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 33

Page 256: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

347

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.

Example tire size designation:P195/60 R15 87H(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengercars or light trucks; however, notall tires have this marking).

195 - Tire width in millimeters.60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).15 - Rim diameter in inches.87 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0 J x 15

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.15 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below shows many of thedifferent speed ratings currentlybeing used for passenger car. Thespeed rating symbol is part of the tiresize designation on the sidewall ofthe tire. This symbol corresponds tothat tire's designed maximum safeoperating speed.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

1LDN7044

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 34

Page 257: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 35

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Uniform tire quality grading The following information relates tothe tire grading system developed bythe Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard (CMVSS) for grading tiresby tread wear, traction and tempera-ture performance.

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use. However, performancemay differ from the norm because ofvariations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on Kia vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are A, B and C. The gradesrepresent the tires ability to stop onwet pavement as measured undercontrolled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces of asphaltand concrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C. The grades repre-sent the tire’s resistance to the gener-ation of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor labo-ratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tires todegenerate and reduce tires life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tires failure. Grades A and Brepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by thelaw.

1LDN7045

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 35

Page 258: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

367

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Checking a tire lifeTire strength and performancedecline with age. Any tires that areover 6 year old, including the spare(determined by the tire manufacturedate), should be replaced regardlessof mileage.You can find the tire man-ufacture date on the tire sidewall(either on the inside or outside of thewheel). The date is a Department OfTransportation (DOT) number con-sisting of letters and numbers. Youcan determine the tire manufacturedate by the last four numbers of theDOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe first letters/numbers of the DOTindicate the manufacturing plant, tiresize and tread pattern, last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 0803 representsthat the tire was produced in the 8thweek of 2003.

WARNINGA tire more than 6 years old maycause separation of the cordlayers inside the tire leading toloss of vehicle or a seriousinjury. Therefore, make sure tocheck the manufacturing dateand replace the old tire in 6years after the tire manufactur-ing date.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentires failure.This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

1LDN7046

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 36

Page 259: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 37

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS Recommended lubricants To help achieve proper engine andpowertrain performance and durabil-ity, use only lubricants of the properquality. The correct lubricants alsohelp promote engine efficiency thatresults in improved fuel economy.

Engine oils labeled EnergyConserving Oil are now available.Along with other additional benefits,they contribute to fuel economy byreducing the amount of fuel neces-sary to overcome engine friction.Often, these improvements are diffi-cult to measure in everyday driving,but in a year’s time, they can offersignificant cost and energy savings.

Recommended SAE viscositynumber ✽✽ NOTICEAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug,or dipstick before checking ordraining any lubricant. This is espe-cially important in dusty or sandyareas and when the vehicle is usedon unpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that could bedamaged.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) hasan effect on fuel economy and coldweather operating (starting and oilflow). Lower viscosity engine oils canprovide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however,higher viscosity engine oils arerequired for satisfactory lubrication inhot weather. Using oils of any viscos-ity other than those recommendedcould result in engine damage.

*¹ Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Classification

Engine oil *¹API Service SJ, SL or above,

ILSAC GF-3 or above

Manual transaxle fluid API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill-for-life)

Automatic transaxle fluid DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK ATF SP-III

Power steering fluid PSF-III

Brake fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 37

Page 260: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

387

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will beoperated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommendedoil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 38

Page 261: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 39

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

EXTERIOR CARE Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or coldwater.If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreignmaterials. Make sure the drain holesin the lower edges of the doors androcker panels are kept clear andclean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similardeposits can damage your vehicle’sfinish if not removed immediately.Even prompt washing with plainwater may not completely remove allthese deposits. A mild soap, safe foruse on painted surfaces, may beused.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-ish.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlight orwhen the body of the vehicle iswarm.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine

compartment may cause thefailure of electrical circuitslocated in the engine compart-ment.

• Pay extreme attention to washthe engine compartment byusing water.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 39

Page 262: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

407

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usuallystrip the wax from the finish. Be sureto re-wax these areas even if the restof the vehicle does not yet need wax-ing.

✽✽ NOTICE• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergents con-taining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated oranodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair orreplacement, be sure the body shopapplies anti-corrosion materials tothe parts repaired or replaced.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 40

Page 263: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 41

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply acoating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleumjelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control maycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on underbodyparts such as the fuel lines, frame,floor pan and exhaust system, eventhough they have been treated withrust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the endof each winter. Pay special attentionto these areas because it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it.The lower edges of doors, rockerpanels, and frame members havedrain holes that should not beallowed to clog with dirt; trappedwater in these areas can cause rust-ing.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 41

Page 264: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Maintenance

427

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coatedwith a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, orwire brushes on aluminum wheels.They may scratch or damage thefinish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, be sure to cleanthe wheels after driving on saltedroads. This helps prevent corro-sion.

• Avoid washing the wheels withhigh-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. Itmay damage and corrode the alu-minum wheels coated with a clearprotective finish.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 42

Page 265: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

7 43

Maintenance

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

INTERIOR CARE Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such asperfume and cosmetic oil from con-tacting the dashboard because theymay cause damage or discoloration.If they do contact the dashboard,wipe them off immediately. See theinstructions that follow for the properway to clean vinyl.

Cleaning the upholstery andinterior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with avinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-ric with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-tion recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Remove fresh spots imme-diately with a fabric spot cleaner. Iffresh spots do not receive immediateattention, the fabric can be stainedand its color can be affected. Also, itsfire-resistant properties can bereduced if the material is not proper-ly maintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder beltwebbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpet. Followthe instructions provided with thesoap. Do not bleach or re-dye thewebbing because this may weakenit.

Cleaning the interior windowglass If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxyfilm), they should be cleaned withglass cleaner. Follow the directionson the glass cleaner container.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommend-ed cleaners and proceduresmay affect the fabric’s appear-ance and fire-resistant proper-ties.

LD CAN (ENG) 7.qxd 7/29/05 10:23 AM Page 43

Page 266: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Specifications / 8-2

Specifications

LD CAN (ENG) 8.qxd 7/29/05 10:24 AM Page 1

Page 267: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Specifications

28

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Dimensions

Weights

SPECIFICATIONSThe specifications given here are for general information only. Please check with an authorized Kia dealer for moreprecise and more up-to-date information.

Item 4 Door 5 Door

Overall length 4,480 (176.4) 4,340 (170.9)

Overall width 1,735 (68.3) 1,735 (68.3)

Overall height 1,470 (57.9) 1,470 (57.9)

Front tread 1,495 (58.9) 1,495 (58.9)

Rear tread 1,485 (58.5) 1,485 (58.5)

Wheelbase 2,610 (102.8) 2,610 (102.8)

mm (in)

Refer to the label describing GVWR & GAWR weights attached to your vehicle.(see page 5-19, Label information)

LD CAN (ENG) 8.qxd 7/29/05 10:24 AM Page 2

Page 268: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

8 3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Specifications

Engine

Item Gasoline Engine

BoreXStroke 82 mm × 93.5 mm (3.23 in X 3.68 in)

Displacement 1975 cc (120.5 cu.in)

Compression Ratio 10.1

Size Gasoline Engine

Battery 12V / 60AH (20HR)

Alternator 13.5V / 90A

Starter 12V-1.2kW

Gap 1.0 mm ~ 1.1 mm

Platinum coated PFR5N-11, RC10PYPB4

Iridium coated IFR5G-11

SparkPlug Spec.

Item Inflation Pressure Wheel lug nut torque

Tire size Wheel size kPa (psi) kg·m (lb·ft, N·m)

P195/60R15 87H 6.0J x 15 210 (30)9~11

(65~79, 88~107)

P205/50R16 86H 6.0J x 16 210 (30)9~11

(65~79, 88~107)

Compact spare tire

T125/70D15, T125/70R15 420 (60)9~11

(65~79, 88~107)

Tires

Electrical system

LD CAN (ENG) 8.qxd 7/29/05 10:24 AM Page 3

Page 269: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Specifications

48

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Light bulbs Capacities

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *14.0 l API Service SJ, SL or above,

(4.2 qt.) ILSAC GF-3 or above

Manual transaxle fluid2.15 l API SERVICE GL-4

(2.27 qt.) SAE 75W-85 (fill for-life)

Automatic transaxle 7.8 l DIAMOND ATF SP-III,

fluid (8.2 qt.) SK ATF SP-III

Power steering0.8 l

PSF-III(0.8 qt.)

Coolant 8.14 l Ethylene glycol base for

(8.6 qt.) aluminum radiator

Brake fluid0.7~0.8 l FMVSS116 DOT-3

(0.7~0.8 qt.) or DOT-4

Fuel55 l Unleaded gasoline with

(14.5 gal) AKI 87 or higher

*¹ Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the page 7-38.

Light Bulb 4 Door 5 DoorHeadlights (Low/High) 55/60 55/60Front turn signal lights 28 28Position lights 8 8Front fog lights (if equipped) 27 27Stop and tail lights 28/8 28/8Rear turn signal lights 27 27Back-up lights 17 17High mounted stop light 27 or LED LEDLicense plate lights 5 5Front map lamp 10 10Center dome lamp 10 10Door courtesy lamps 5 5Trunk room lamp 5 5Glove box lamp 5 5

Wattage

LD CAN (ENG) 8.qxd 7/29/05 10:24 AM Page 4

Page 270: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9Index

LD CAN (ENG) 9.qxd 7/29/05 10:24 AM Page 1

Page 271: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Index

29

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23Air conditioner air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24Airbag - supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-105Automatic transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Automatic transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Brakes and clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17Electrical circuit protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Engine cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13

Engine oil and oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Instrument panel overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96Interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

A

B

C

D

E

G

F

H

I

LD CAN (ENG) 9.qxd 7/29/05 10:24 AM Page 2

Page 272: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

9 3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Index

Label information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

Lubricant specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37Lubricants and fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22Luggage net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Maintenance services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87Overheating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Overloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

Remote keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93Suggestions for economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80

K

L

M

O

P

R

S

T

LD CAN (ENG) 9.qxd 7/29/05 10:24 AM Page 3

Page 273: 2006 Spectra Owners Manual English

Index

49

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Warnings and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

V

W

LD CAN (ENG) 9.qxd 7/29/05 10:24 AM Page 4